SUCCESS
BY DESIGN
2025 Annual Report
4,504
paint stores
219
branches &
facilities
263
paint stores
86
paint stores
307
paint stores
24
branches &
facilities
23
branches &
facilities
UNITED
STATES
CANADA
CARIBBEAN
LATIN AMERICA /
SOUTH AMERICA
21
facilities
62
facilities
5
facilities
2
facilities
SUCCESS BY DESIGN
BY DESIGN
We start by aligning on our desired outcomes, then develop a roadmap to get us there and
finally, execute with precision and speed. We have a clear and consistent strategy, and we
are continuously assessing and adapting to find areas where we can create more value and
further differentiate ourselves from competitors. Our enterprise strategic priorities reflect our
Success by Design approach, and they reinforce each other with the common goal of driving
above-market growth and profitability.
The Company was founded by Henry Sherwin and Edward Williams in 1866. Today, we are a
global leader in the development, manufacture, distribution and sale of paint, coatings and
related products to professional, industrial, commercial and retail customers.
Success by Design is a proactive and
disciplined approach that starts and ends
with helping our customers succeed.
COMPANY SALES BY SEGMENT
$23.6 billion
2025 Net Sales
58%
13%
29%
Paint Stores Group
Consumer Brands Group
Performance Coatings Group
EMEAI
ASIA-PACIFIC
56
branches &
facilities
9
facilities
7
branches &
facilities
1
facility
21
facilities
1
facility
Paint Stores Group
Corporate Headquarters
Performance Coatings Group
Consumer Brands Group
Paint Stores
Group
operates a unique controlled-
distribution model including
4,853 Company-owned stores that
serve as the exclusive outlets for
Sherwin-Williams® branded paints
and related products in the USA,
Canada and the Caribbean. The
Group primarily serves professional
architectural paint contractors who
are supported by thousands of highly
trained store managers and field
sales reps. The Group also serves
targeted do-it-yourself customers.
Consumer
Brands Group
sells a premier portfolio of branded
architectural paints, stains and
related products through retailers
and distributors in North America
and Europe. The Group also sells
architectural paints and related
products in Latin America through
307 Company-owned stores,
dealers and retailers. Additionally,
the Group operates the Company’s
global supply chain including
procurement, manufacturing
and distribution.
Performance
Coatings Group
sells a broad range of coatings to
industrial customers in more than
120 countries. Large-scale orders
are shipped factory-direct, with
smaller, customized batches
available through strategically
located blending facilities. Selected
products are also sold through
Company-owned branches
and authorized distributors.
64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.
64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.
64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.
64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.64,000 + Employees across 120 + Countries.
1
We provide differentiated solutions that drive customer productivity and profitability.
LETTER
TO SHAREHOLDERS
Sherwin-Williams delivered record sales and adjusted diluted net income per
share in 2025, along with strong EBITDA and net operating cash. We generated
these results amid another year of highly uncertain demand across our global
end markets. Elevated interest rates, weak new and existing home sales, cautious
consumers, limited industrial spending, and changing economic policy all
contributed to a difficult operating environment. Sherwin-Williams was not
deterred by these obstacles. Instead, we executed aggressive and deliberate
commercial and operational actions and made targeted investments while
remaining laser-focused on our time-tested strategy: we provide differentiated
solutions to customers that drive their productivity and profitability and for
which they are willing to pay.
I could not be more proud or thankful for the efforts of our 64,000 employees, who
continued to execute this strategy every day. It is because of our employees and our
culture that we are able to deliver sustainable results through all types of cycles. Together,
this remarkable team accomplished the following in 2025 while also positioning us for
success in the years ahead:
• Consolidated Net sales increased 2.1%, to $23.6 billion. It was the 15th consecutive year
sales increased.
• Gross profit increased 2.9% to $11.5 billion. Gross margin increased 30 basis points
to 48.8% of Net sales.
• GAAP diluted net income per share decreased 2.7% to $10.26 per share. Adjusted
diluted net income per share , which helps illustrate our underlying performance by
excluding Valspar acquisition-related amortization expense and severance and other
restructuring expenses and trademark impairment, increased 0.9% to $11.43 per share.
1
1 This is a non-GAAP financial measure. See Item 7 of the Annual Report on Form 10-K for EBITDA and
adjusted diluted net income per share reconciliations for 2025 and 2024.
Sherwin-Williams delivered record sales and adjusted
diluted net income per share amid another year of
economic uncertainty and weak global demand.
2
Allen J. Mistysyn, Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer, Heidi G. Petz, Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer, and
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl, Senior Vice President - Finance.
• Net operating cash for the year increased to $3.5 billion, or
14.6% of Net sales. Free Cash Flow conversion was 59.2%.
• We returned approximately $2.4 billion to our shareholders
through dividends and share repurchases.
• We completed construction of our new Company
headquarters and global R&D innovation center to drive
solutions for our customers, retain and attract the industry’s
best talent, and spur future growth.
• Our balance sheet remained strong, and we finished
the year with net debt to trailing-twelve-month EBITDA1
ratio of 2.4.
Executing Our Strategy with Discipline
Our team is deep and experienced. Their commitment to each
other and our customers allowed us to navigate the year’s
choppy market conditions and further separate ourselves
from our competitors.
Paint Stores Group delivered record sales and profit before
tax, and segment margin expanded. The Group opened 80 net
new paint stores, added 87 new sales territories, hired more
than 1,700 management trainees, enhanced its digital tools,
and introduced multiple new products. Consumer Brands
Group grew sales while delivering high-teens adjusted
segment margin. The Group strengthened its North American
home-center partnerships and completed the acquisition of
Suvinil, a leader in the growing Brazilian architectural coatings
market. Performance Coatings Group had record new
business wins to offset softness in core accounts and keep
sales flat. Adjusted segment margin remained in our target
range for the third straight year driven by pricing discipline,
effective cost control and simplification initiatives.
Additional performance highlights from each of these groups
are described later in this report.
Strengthening Our Enterprise
At Sherwin-Williams, success isn’t accidental – it’s intentional.
We call it “success by design.” Our approach starts with a
clear vision: delivering above-market profitable growth.
In conjunction with our customer-focused strategy, our
Enterprise Strategic Priorities provide a framework for
achieving our vision. Each priority is guided by structured
processes, defined metrics and accountable ownership. We
continued to deliver wins and build momentum across these
priorities in 2025.
• Talent & Culture – Our success begins with attracting,
developing and retaining the best people. We focus on a
culture of safety and belonging. We empower employees to
“Create Your Possible” through life, career and connection.
In 2025, Forbes recognized us as one of America’s Best
Large Employers and Best Employers for Women, while
Newsweek recognized us among America’s Greatest
Workplaces in Manufacturing.
3
• Simplification – Simplification involves identifying and
eliminating complexities that do not add value. In one
illustrative initiative, we are consolidating 14 resin platforms
down to 2, simplifying over 500 product formulas.
Benefits include manufacturing capex avoidance, reduced
supply risk, and more robust formulations for future new
product innovation. In another example, a product line with
12 platforms and 78 different bases has been transitioned
to a single, fully customizable platform with just four tintable
bases. This lets us offer greater customization to more
customers while simplifying manufacturing process and
reducing costs.
• Supply Chain Responsiveness – Our Global Supply
Chain organization is a competitive advantage and includes
procurement, manufacturing and distribution. We value
employee safety above all else, and we continued to reduce
serious injuries through our “Vision of Zero” mindset and
process safety management efforts. Other highlights
include $95 million in working capital reduction through
inventory excellence and accounts payable initiatives. We
also progressed our asset optimization efforts in Europe
via rationalizations of our Orbassano, Liverpool and
Stuttgart sites.
• Digitization – We are making business easier for
our customers and our employees. Key areas of
success over the past year included targeted system
modernizations, retail point-of-sale upgrades, integrated
CRM enhancements, enterprise data quality and
governance, and digital customer experience improvements.
Additionally, we are increasingly employing the power of
AI to drive productivity and provide insights across
multiple value streams.
• Sustainability – We continued to do our part for our
customers and our planet, with differentiated products
and operational initiatives at the core of our approach.
Approximately ~25% of our revenue comes from products
with third-party, sustainability-related certifications or
declarations. Additionally, we have reduced absolute Scope
1 and 2 GHG emissions by 16% since 2019 as we progress
toward our 2030 goal of a 30% reduction. We are also
pleased to report that electricity usage from renewable
sources now stands at ~30% on our way to our 2030 goal
of 50%.
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl
Succeeds Allen J. Mistysyn as
Chief Financial Officer
The Board of Directors elected Ben
Meisenzahl (right) to serve as the Company’s
next Chief Financial Officer (CFO), effective
January 1, 2026. His selection is the result of
a systematic succession process to ensure
a seamless transition focused on continued
profitable growth, disciplined capital
allocation and financial excellence. Ben has
held multiple roles of increasing responsibility
over his 22-year career with Sherwin-Williams.
Most recently, he served as Senior Vice
President – Finance, leading the Company’s
Treasury, Tax, Finance Transformation and
Global Business Services functions. His
experience also includes global finance and
operational roles in the Company’s Paint
Stores Group, Performance Coatings Group
and Global Supply Chain.
The Board also thanks and congratulates
Al Mistysyn as he retires after 35 years
of dedicated service to the Company. Al
provided steady leadership as CFO during
one of the most challenging periods in
Sherwin-Williams history, including the
purchase and integration of the Company’s
largest ever acquisition (Valspar), a global
pandemic, an industry-wide supply chain
crisis, and the construction of our new global
headquarters and R&D facilities, among many
others. Sherwin-Williams market capitalization
more than tripled during Al’s time as CFO, and
his relentless focus on delivering results for all
stakeholders will continue to inspire us
for years to come.
4
INVESTING FOR TODAY...
AND TOMORROW
2025 marked the opening of the Company’s new Global
Headquarters in Cleveland and the Morikis Global
Technology Center in the nearby suburb of Brecksville.
Both facilities are strategic investments in our people, our
customers and our hometown, all of which we expect will
drive above-market performance and strong returns for
decades to come. Sherwin-Williams paints, coatings and
finishes were used throughout the construction, providing
a real-world example of the full breadth of our architectural
and industrial solutions.
The Global Headquarters is a modern, collaborative
hub housing executive and business group leadership
and enterprise functions, all aimed at supporting and
empowering our customer-facing teams in the field. This
strategic asset strengthens our ability to attract and retain
top talent, ignites creativity, and reinforces our commitment
to profitable growth and operational excellence.
The Morikis Global Technology Center (MGTC),
named in honor of retired Chairman, President and
CEO John G. Morikis, is a state-of-the-art research
and development hub dedicated to advancing coatings
innovation and sustainability. Spanning approximately
600,000 square feet, MGTC consolidates multiple technical
teams under one roof, creating a dynamic environment
for chemists, engineers, technicians and support staff to
deliver customer solutions faster.
5
6
Positioned for Continued Success
Customer sentiment and the leading indicators we track point to continued demand
weakness for most if not all of 2026. We refuse to be discouraged by these near-term
trends. We know stronger demand isn’t a question of if – it’s when, driven by powerful
demographics and enduring market fundamentals. We’re not waiting for that moment;
we’re focused on winning today and ensuring we are best positioned for all that is to come.
We know the playbook: stay true to our proven strategy, control what we can control, and
turn volatility into opportunity. That means relentlessly pursuing new accounts and share-
of-wallet, innovating “in and out of the can,” investing where returns are clear, maintaining
price-cost discipline, advancing our enterprise priorities, and employing accountability to
drive flawless execution. This is how we create value regardless of market cycles.
We’re proud of what we’ve accomplished – but we’re even more energized by the
opportunities ahead. Across every business, we see room to grow, innovate and lead.
Our focus remains sharp: grow sales, drive returns on sales and assets, and generate
cash to fuel future success. We’ll continue to deliver unique solutions for customers,
and we expect to outperform the market.
It’s a privilege to lead this remarkable organization, supported by an experienced
leadership team and a forward-thinking Board of Directors. Together, we see this as a
great time to continue demonstrating what makes Sherwin-Williams so unique. And that
is exactly what we plan to do.
Thank you for your trust and investment in Sherwin-Williams.
Most sincerely,
Heidi G. Petz
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer
We see this as a great time to continue
demonstrating what makes Sherwin-Williams
so unique.
Finan
c
i
al
Hi
ghlights
Net Sales
millions of dollars
$23,051.9
23
24
25
$23,098.5
$23,574.3
Net Income(1)
millions of dollars
$2,388.8
23
24
25
$2,681.4
$2,568.5
Diluted Net Income
Per Share(2)
$9.25
23
24
25
$10.55
$10.26
Net Operating Cash
millions of dollars
23
24
25
$3,521.9
$3,153.2
$3,451.6
Cash Dividends
Per Share
$2.42
23
24
25
$2.86
$3.16
Return on Sales
net income/sales
10.4%
23
24
25
11.6%
10.9%
Return on Assets
net income/total assets
23
24
25
10.4%
11.3%
9.9%
Return on Equity
based on net income
and shareholders’ equity
at beginning of year
23
24
25
77.0%
72.2%
63.4%
47
Consecutive Years
of Dividend Increases
50.3 Million
Shares Repurchased
in Last Decade
15%
Average Annual Return
in Last Decade
(1) 2025 includes after-tax acquisition-related amortization expense of $197.7 million, after-tax severance and other restructuring expense of $83.9 million,
and an after-tax charge related to trademark impairment of $13.4 million. 2024 includes after-tax acquisition-related amortization expense of $199.0 million.
2023 includes after-tax acquisition-related amortization expense of $202.4 million, an after-tax loss related to the devaluation of the Argentine peso
in December 2023 of $41.8 million, an after-tax restructuring expense of $22.6 million, and an after-tax charge for impairment related to trademarks
of $19.0 million.
(2) 2025 includes charges of $0.78 per share for acquisition-related amortization expense, $0.34 per share of severance and other restructuring
expense, and $0.05 per share related to trademark impairment. 2024 includes charges of $0.78 per share for acquisition-related amortization
expense. 2023 includes charges of $0.78 per share for acquisition-related amortization expense, $0.16 per share related to devaluation
of the Argentine peso, $0.09 per share of restructuring expense, and $0.07 per share for impairment related to trademarks.
7
8
PAINT STORES GROUP
SUCCESS
BEGINS WITH SOLUTIONS
We delivered record sales and profit in 2025 despite continued demand softness
across our end-markets. Pro painters navigating this difficult environment
increasingly turned to us for solutions, as evidenced by our strong new account and
share of wallet wins throughout the year. We continued to stand out as a source of
reliability, stability and consistency in a rapidly inflecting competitive environment.
Sales increased 3.2% over the prior year to $13.6 billion. Sales grew in all pro end markets,
led by Protective & Marine and Residential Repaint. Segment profit before tax increased to
$3.1 billion or 22.5% of Net sales.
We continued to invest in our controlled distribution model during the year, adding 80 net
new stores and 87 new sales territories. Talented employees remain the foundation of
our success, and we welcomed more than 1,700 new professionals to our Management
Trainee Program to fuel our growth. Innovative products also remained a priority for us,
and we earned the highest customer satisfaction ranking in the interior paint, exterior
We provide solutions for professional painting contractors, driving
their productivity and profitability through our unique combination
of people, products, services and stores.
PRODUCT INNOVATIONS
Gallery Series™
Waterborne Primer
seals out minor stains
and joins our Waterborne
Topcoat to provide a
system that achieves
factory-like finishes
on cabinets, trim
and millwork.
Advanced formula
SuperDeck® wood stains
protect decks from fading,
prevent UV and water
damage, and provide
mildew resistance.
The Sherwin-Williams
Color Expert™
App provides color
recommendations
tailored to your space,
powered by AI.
ProBlock® Quick Dry
primers deliver strong
adhesion and stain
blocking to prepare
surfaces and drive
topcoat performance.
paint and paint retailer categories in the J.D. Power 2025 U.S. Paint
Satisfaction Study. We also saw increased adoption of our digital
tools, including Color Visualizer, Sherwin-Williams PRO+®, and
Sherwin-Williams Color ExpertTM, all of which simplify and speed the
process of doing business.
*
Our strategy remains strong and focused, backed by deliberate
investments that deliver measurable value for our customers. We
expect to continue outperforming in the current environment and lead
through the eventual recovery ahead.
* For more information about the U.S. Paint Satisfaction Study, visit
https://www.jdpower.com/business/press-releases/2025-us-paint-satisfaction-study
9
10
CONSUMER BRANDS GROUP
SUCCESS
BEGINS WITH INSPIRATION
We navigated stubbornly soft demand in the North America Do-It-Yourself (DIY)
market by strengthening partnerships with key retailers, making disciplined
investments in innovation and services, and controlling our costs. We also
completed the acquisition of Suvinil, a leading brand in the growing Brazil market.
We remain highly confident in our strategy as demand eventually recovers.
Sales increased 1.9% compared with the prior year to $3.2 billion. In North America,
our largest region, inflation, low consumer confidence and poor existing home sales
limited demand from DIYers. Sales to remodelers and handy-persons, or “Pros Who
Paint,” continued to grow. Regionally, sales grew in Latin America and Europe.
Segment profit before tax was $509.6 million or 16.1% of Net sales. Excluding Valspar
acquisition-related amortization expense and severance and other restructuring expenses,
segment profit before tax was $610.7 million or 19.3% of sales.
We inspire DIYers and Pros alike to succeed though
premier products and brands, differentiated services
and the best retail partners.
PRODUCT INNOVATIONS
Valspar® Oil-Based
Primer + Sealer delivers
outstanding stain blocking,
strong adhesion and reliable
surface preparation for
interior projects.
Suvinil® offers a
premium line of paints,
stains and varnishes
for the growing Brazil
market.
Dutch Boy® Pristine™
interior and exterior
paints feature our best
formulas to deliver rich
color, a beautiful finish and
exceptional durability.
Dutch Boy® Platinum®
Plus with Stain-Shield
Technology and new Anti-
Scuff Formula delivers
durability and protection
for life’s “uh-oh” moments.
While the year’s soft demand environment remained, we focused on
initiatives to grow sales and drive operational efficiency over the long term.
Innovative products and digital tools remain differentiators for us, and
we continued to collaborate with strategic retail partners through various
color and promotional marketing initiatives to drive traffic and conversion.
Particularly exciting is our acquisition of Suvinil, a leader in the growing
Brazil market. Suvinil adds talent, innovation and scale to our existing
position in Latin America, and our combined integration team is already
executing on multiple growth and cost synergies.
Additionally, our Global Supply Chain organization is embedded within the
Group. This team continued to progress on multiple initiatives during the
year, including asset optimization, capacity planning, logistics efficiency,
process safety enhancements and working capital management.
11
12
PERFORMANCE COATINGS GROUP
SUCCESS
THROUGH PROTECTION
We delivered a solid year amid persistently weak demand in global industrial
end-markets. Record new business wins and sales from acquisitions countered
softness in core accounts. Good cost control enabled profitability to remain within
our targeted range. Our consistent focus on innovative products, differentiated
technical support, talent development and business simplification positions us to
benefit exponentially when demand returns.
Sales for the year were $6.8 billion. Sales grew in the Packaging division and were flattish
in the Automotive Refinish division. Strong new account wins were not enough to fully offset
core softness within the Industrial Wood, Coil and General Industrial divisions. Regionally,
sales grew in Europe, but decreased in North and Latin America and Asia. Segment profit
before tax was $942.7 million or 13.9% of sales. Excluding Valspar acquisition-related
amortization expense, severance and other restructuring expenses, and trademark
impairment, segment profit before tax was $1.2 billion or 17.3% of sales.
We protect the world’s most valuable assets with value-added
customer solutions centered on innovative and sustainable
technology, technical support and global reach.
PRODUCT INNOVATIONS
Poly-Crete® flooring
systems meet the rigorous
demands of demanding
food & beverage facilities,
helping maintain safe and
clean environments free of
dangerous pathogens.
Heat-Flex® AEB is an
award-winning ultra-
high build coating that
combines thermal
efficiency with corrosion
protection while replacing
traditional forms of
insulation.
Sherplate® 600 protects
our most precious
resource by providing
corrosion resistance and
contamination protection
in water tanks and
systems.
Performance meets
sustainability with Laqva®
Top Bio EG1352B, a one-
component plant-based
waterborne topcoat
for wood furniture.
Highlights across our divisions were numerous. Packaging ramped
production at its new manufacturing plant in Tournus, France.
Protective & Marine grew in high-performance flooring coatings.
Automotive Refinish’s Collision Core™ Diagnostics tools improved
profitability and performance for shop owners. Coil added to its
capabilities with the Shingels acquisition. Industrial Wood introduced
its premium Florenza™ Series, combining timeless Italian innovation,
high-end performance and unrivaled color expertise. General
Industrial leveraged its FASTtrack fulfillment program to provide
same-day delivery of select coatings for a variety of manufacturers.
We continue to see exciting opportunities for profitable growth in
every division, driven by differentiated solutions that enable our
customers to reach their goals.
13
14
Shareholder Information
Shareholder Information
Annual Meeting
The annual meeting of shareholders will be held in
a virtual format on April 22, 2026, at 9:00 a.m. EST.
For more information on how to attend and
participate, please see our 2026 Proxy Statement,
available at investors.sherwin.com.
Headquarters
1 Sherwin Way
Cleveland, Ohio 44113
(216) 566-2000
www.sherwin.com
Investor Relations
James R. Jaye
Senior Vice President – Investor Relations
and Communications
The Sherwin-Williams Company
1 Sherwin Way
Cleveland, Ohio 44113
investor.relations@sherwin.com
Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm
Ernst & Young LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
Stock Trading
Sherwin-Williams Common Stock – Symbol, SHW –
is traded on the New York Stock Exchange.
Dividend Reinvestment Program
A dividend reinvestment program is available to
shareholders of common stock. For information,
contact EQ Shareowner Services.
Transfer Agent & Registrar
Our transfer agent, EQ Shareowner Services,
maintains the records for our registered
shareholders and can help with a wide variety of
shareholder-related services, including the direct
deposit of dividends and online access to your
account. Contact:
EQ Shareowner Services
P.O. Box 64874
St. Paul, MN 55164-0874
www.shareowneronline.com
1-800-468-9716 toll-free
651-450-4064 outside the United States
Common Stock Trading Statistics
2025
2024
2023
2022
2021
High Close
$
375.23
$
399.71
$
313.27
$
339.12
$
352.16
Low Close
$
313.51
$
291.95
$
209.06
$
201.22
$
219.85
Close December 31
$
324.03
$
339.93
$
311.90
$
237.33
$
352.16
Shareholders of record
4,665
4,877
5,064
5,252
5,370
Shares traded (thousands)
457,200
411,210
366,264
410,430
308,574
Quarterly Stock Prices and Dividends
2025
Quarter
High Close
Low Close
Dividend
1st
$ 365.55
$ 330.16
$
0.79
2nd
$ 363.51
$ 313.51
$
0.79
3rd
$ 375.23
$ 330.86
$
0.79
4th
$ 354.45
$ 320.86
$
0.79
2024
Quarter
High Close
Low Close
Dividend
1st
$ 347.33
$ 295.77
$
0.715
2nd
$ 338.16
$ 291.95
$
0.715
3rd
$ 383.93
$ 294.65
$
0.715
4th
$ 399.71
$ 338.75
$
0.715
Share price and shares traded source: Yahoo
Sherwin-Williams is proud to be an Equal Employment Opportunity employer. All qualified candidates will receive
consideration for employment and will not be discriminated against based on race, color, religion, sex, sexual orientation,
gender identity, national origin, protected veteran status, disability, age, pregnancy, genetic information, creed, marital
status or any other consideration prohibited by law or by contract.
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025
Commission file number 1-04851
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Ohio
34-0526850
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1 Sherwin Way
Cleveland, Ohio
44113-2206
(Address of principal executive offices)
(Zip Code)
(216) 566-2000
Registrant’s telephone number, including area code
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class
Trading Symbol
Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, par value of $0.33-1/3 per share
SHW
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes Checked No Not Checked
Indicate by check mark if the Registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes Not Checked No Checked
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes Checked No Not Checked
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of
Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes Checked No Not Checked
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an
emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company” and “emerging growth
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
Checked
Accelerated filer
Not Checked
Non-accelerated filer
Not Checked
Smaller reporting company
Not Checked
Emerging growth company
Not Checked
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new
or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.Not Checked
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management's assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control
over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or
issued its audit report. YesChecked No Not Checked
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the
filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.Not Checked
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received
by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b).Not Checked
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes Not Checked NoChecked
The aggregate market value of common stock held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30, 2025 was $85,532,942,889 (computed by reference to the
price at which the common stock was last sold on such date).
At January 31, 2026, 247,774,767 shares of common stock were outstanding, net of treasury shares.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Shareholders (“Proxy Statement”) to be filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission within 120 days of our fiscal year ended December 31, 2025 are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY
Table of Contents
Page
PARTOne
Item 1.
Business
1
Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Information
5
Item 1A.
Risk Factors
6
Item 1B.
Unresolved Staff Comments
16
Item 1C.
Cybersecurity
16
Item 2.
Properties
18
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings
19
Item 4.
Mine Safety Disclosures
19
Information About Our Executive Officers
20
PART II
Item 5.
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer
Purchases of Equity Securities
22
Item 6.
[Reserved]
23
Item 7.
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations
24
Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
41
Item 8.
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
42
Item 9.
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial
Disclosure
97
Item 9A.
Controls and Procedures
97
Item 9B.
Other Information
97
Item 9C.
Disclosure Regarding Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections
97
PART III
Item 10.
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
98
Item 11.
Executive Compensation
99
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related
Stockholder Matters
99
Item 13.
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
99
Item 14.
Principal Accountant Fees and Services
99
PART IV
Item 15.
Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
100
Item 16.
Form 10-K Summary
106
Signatures
107
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
PART One
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Introduction
The Sherwin-Williams Company, founded in 1866 and incorporated in Ohio in 1884, is engaged in the development,
manufacture, distribution and sale of paint, coatings and related products to professional, industrial, commercial and retail
customers primarily in North and South America with additional operations in the Caribbean region, Europe, Asia and
Australia. Our principal executive offices are located at 1 Sherwin Way, Cleveland, Ohio 44113-2206, telephone
(216) 566-2000. As used in this report, the terms “Sherwin-Williams,” “Company,” “we”, “us” and “our” mean The Sherwin-
Williams Company and its consolidated subsidiaries.
Available Information
We make available free of charge on or through our website our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-
Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and amendments to these reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file
such material with, or furnish such material to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC). You may access these
documents on our Investor Relations website, investors.sherwin.com.
We also make available free of charge on our website our Corporate Governance Guidelines, our Director Independence
Standards, our Code of Conduct and the charters of our Audit Committee, our Compensation and Management Development
Committee and our Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee. You may access these documents on our Investor
Relations website, investors.sherwin.com.
Basis of Reportable Segments
The Company reports its segment information in the same way that management internally organizes its business for assessing
performance and making decisions regarding allocation of resources. The Company has three reportable operating segments:
Paint Stores Group, Consumer Brands Group and Performance Coatings Group (individually, a Reportable Segment and
collectively, the Reportable Segments). The Company reports all other business activities and immaterial operating segments
that are not reportable in the Administrative function. For further information about the Reportable Segments, see Note 22 to
the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
Paint Stores Group
Paint Stores Group consisted of 4,853 company-operated specialty paint stores in the United States, Canada and the Caribbean
region at December 31, 2025. Each store is engaged in servicing the needs of architectural and industrial paint contractors and
do-it-yourself homeowners. These stores market and sell Sherwin-Williams® and other controlled brand architectural paint and
coatings, protective and marine products, OEM product finishes and related products. The majority of these products are
produced by manufacturing facilities in the Consumer Brands Group. In addition, each store sells select purchased associated
products. The loss of any single customer would not have a material adverse effect on the business of this segment.
Consumer Brands Group
The Consumer Brands Group manufactures and distributes a broad portfolio of branded and private-label architectural paint,
stains, varnishes, industrial products, wood finishes products, wood preservatives, applicators, corrosion inhibitors, aerosols,
caulks and adhesives to retailers, including home centers and hardware stores, dedicated dealers and distributors throughout
North America, Latin America and Europe. Sales and marketing of certain controlled brand and private-label products are
performed by a direct sales staff. The products distributed through third-party customers are intended for resale to the ultimate
end-user of the product. The Consumer Brands Group also consisted of 307 company-operated specialty paint stores in Latin
America at December 31, 2025. Each store is engaged in servicing the needs of home, commercial and industrial projects to
contractors and do-it-yourself customers in Latin America. These stores market and sell Sherwin-Williams® and other
controlled brand architectural paint and coatings, protective and marine products, OEM product finishes and related products
which are branded for the Latin America market. In addition, each store sells select purchased associated products. The
Consumer Brands Group also supports the Company’s other businesses around the world with new product research and
development, manufacturing, distribution and logistics. Approximately 63% of the total sales of the Consumer Brands Group in
2025 were intersegment transfers of products primarily sold through the Paint Stores Group. The Consumer Brands Group had
sales to certain customers that, individually, may be a significant portion of the sales and related profitability of the segment.
This segment incurred most of the Company’s capital expenditures related to ongoing environmental compliance measures,
manufacturing capacity expansion, operational efficiencies and maintenance projects at sites currently in operation.
1
Performance Coatings Group
The Performance Coatings Group develops and sells industrial coatings for wood finishing and general industrial (metal and
plastic) applications, automotive refinish, protective and marine coatings, coil coatings, packaging coatings and performance-
based resins and colorants worldwide. This segment licenses certain technology and trade names worldwide. Sherwin-
Williams® and other controlled brand products are distributed through the Paint Stores Group, this segment’s 317 company-
operated branches, a direct sales staff and outside sales representatives to retailers, dealers, jobbers, licensees and other third-
party distributors. The Performance Coatings Group had sales to certain customers that, individually, may be a significant
portion of the sales of the segment. However, the loss of any single customer would not have a material adverse effect on the
overall profitability of the segment.
Administrative Function
The Administrative function includes the administrative expenses and assets of the Company’s new global headquarters and
research and development center. In addition, it includes the operations of a real estate management unit that is responsible for
the ownership, management and leasing of non-retail properties held primarily for use by the Company, including the
Company’s new and former global headquarters and former research and development center and disposal of idle facilities. The
Administrative function’s remaining assets consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments and noncurrent pension
assets. Also included in the Administrative function is interest expense, interest and investment income, certain expenses related
to closed facilities and environmental-related matters and other expenses that were not directly associated with the Reportable
Segments. Sales of this function represented external leasing revenue. The Administrative function did not include any
significant foreign operations. Gains and losses from the sale of property were not a significant operating factor in determining
the performance of the Administrative function.
Raw Materials and Products Purchased for Resale
Raw materials and products purchased for resale make up the majority of our consolidated Cost of goods sold. Raw materials
may vary considerably by the specific paint or coating being manufactured but can generally be divided into the following
categories: resins and latex, pigments, additives, solvents and metal or plastic containers. A significant portion of these raw
materials are derived from various upstream petrochemical and related commodity feedstocks, notably propylene. Raw
materials are sourced from multiple suppliers globally, typically within the geographic region where our products are being
manufactured. A portion of specialized resins and other products are manufactured in house. We also purchase a variety of
products for resale that are highly complementary to our paint and coating offerings, notably spray equipment and parts,
floorcovering and assorted sundries. We attempt, if feasible, to mitigate our potential risk associated with the sourcing of our
raw materials and other products through inventory management, strategic relationships with key suppliers, alternative sourcing
strategies and long-term investments to expand our manufacturing capabilities.
Seasonality
The majority of the sales for the Reportable Segments traditionally occur during the second and third quarters. Periods of
economic downturn, however, can alter these seasonal patterns. There is no significant seasonality in sales for the
Administrative function.
Working Capital
In order to meet increased demand during the second and third quarters, the Company usually builds its inventories during the
first quarter. Working capital items (inventories and accounts receivable) are generally financed through short-term borrowings,
which include the use of lines of credit and the issuance of commercial paper. For a description of the Company’s liquidity and
capital resources, see Item 7 Financial Condition, Liquidity and Cash Flow.
Trademarks and Trade Names
Customer recognition of trademarks and trade names owned or licensed by the Company collectively contribute significantly to
our sales. The major trademarks and trade names used by each of the Reportable Segments are set forth below.
•
Paint Stores Group: Sherwin-Williams®, A-100®, Builders Solution®, Captivate®, Cashmere®, Duration®,
Emerald®, Gallery Series™, Kem Tone®, Latitude®, Loxon®, Metalatex®, Novacor®, Painters Edge Plus®,
ProClassic®, ProCraft®, Pro Industrial™, ProMar®, Scuff Tuff®, SuperDeck®, SuperPaint®, Woodscapes®
•
Consumer Brands Group: Cabot®, Colorgin®, Condor®, Dupli-Color®, Dutch Boy®, Geocel®, HGTV HOME® by
Sherwin-Williams, Krylon®, Minwax®, Purdy®, Ronseal®, Suvinil®, Thompson’s® WaterSeal®, Valspar®, White
Lightning®
2
•
Performance Coatings Group: Sherwin-Williams®, Acrolon®, AcromaPro®, ATX®, DeBeer Refinish®, Duraspar®,
EcoDex®, Envirolastic®, Excelo®, EzDex®, Fastline®, Firetex®, Fluropon®, Gross & Perthun™, Heat-Flex®,
House of Kolor®, Huarun®, ICA®, Inver®, Kem Aqua®, Klumpp Coatings™, Lazzuril®, Macropoxy®, Martin
Senour®, Matrix Edge®, M.L. Campbell®, Octoral®, Oskar Nolte™, PermaClad®, Polane®, Powdura®,
Sayerlack®, Sher-Wood®, Sumaré®, Ultra 9K®, Ultra 7000®, ValPure®, Valspar®
Patent and Licensing Income
Although patents and licenses are not of material importance to our business as a whole or any segment, each segment derives a
portion of its income from the licensing of technology, trademarks and trade names to foreign companies.
Backlog and Productive Capacity
Backlog orders are not typically significant in the business of any Reportable Segment since there is normally a short period of
time between the placing of an order and shipment. We believe that sufficient productive capacity currently exists to fulfill our
needs for paint, coatings and related products during 2026.
Competition
We experience competition from many local, regional, national and international competitors of various sizes in the
manufacture, distribution and sale of our paint, coatings and related products. We are a leading manufacturer and retailer of
paint, coatings and related products to professional, industrial, commercial and retail customers, however, our competitive
position varies for our different products and markets.
In the Paint Stores Group, competitors include other paint and wallpaper stores, mass merchandisers, home centers, independent
hardware stores, hardware chains and manufacturer-operated direct outlets. Product quality, product innovation, breadth of
product line, technical expertise, service and price determine the competitive advantage for this segment.
In the Consumer Brands Group, domestic and foreign competitors include manufacturers and distributors of branded and
private-label paint and coatings products as well as other paint and wallpaper stores, mass merchandisers, home centers,
independent hardware stores, hardware chains and manufacturer-operated direct outlets. Technology, product quality, product
innovation, breadth of product line, technical expertise, distribution, service and price are key competitive factors for this
segment.
The Performance Coatings Group has numerous competitors in its domestic and foreign markets with broad product offerings
and several others with niche products. Key competitive factors for this segment include technology, product quality, product
innovation, breadth of product line, technical expertise, distribution, service and price.
The Administrative function has many competitors consisting of other real estate owners, developers and managers in areas in
which this segment owns property. The main competitive factors are the availability of property and price.
Human Capital Resources
Our commitment to our people is embedded in the Company’s corporate purpose and guiding values. Through the
development, manufacture, distribution and sale of innovative paint and coatings products, our employees are instrumental in
fulfilling our corporate purpose to inspire and improve the world by coloring and protecting what matters. The Company’s
seven guiding values — integrity, people, service, quality, performance, innovation and growth — drive how we fulfill our
purpose, emphasize the importance of our global workforce and serve as the foundation of our culture of excellence.
At December 31, 2025, we employed 64,249 people worldwide, of which approximately 73% were in the United States. The
success of our business and our ability to execute on our strategy depend in large part on our ability to attract, retain, develop
and progress qualified employees with a broad range of skills, experiences and perspectives at all levels of our organization. To
deliver on these objectives, we have developed key programs, policies and initiatives focused on belonging and culture, talent
acquisition and employee engagement, occupational health and safety and total rewards.
Belonging and Culture. We strive to foster a strong workplace culture that drives belonging, employee experience, performance
and above market growth while attracting, retaining, developing and progressing a pipeline of talent ready to serve the
communities in which we operate. As reflected in our Code of Conduct and reinforced through our values, fostering a strong
culture and a positive employee experience is imperative for long-term sustainable growth. The building blocks of our culture
of belonging include:
•
Communicating impact: Sharing the Company story, goals and priorities at all levels and supporting our employees in
life, career and connections.
3
•
Leading with intention: Creating a culture where we inspire employees to Create Your Possible and leverage the
unique contributions of each employee to foster a positive employee experience for all and drive above-market growth.
•
Empowering everyone: Investing in our people by providing collaboration, development and learning opportunities to
drive retention, progression and engagement.
•
Committing to action: Empowering and engaging leaders at all levels to use tools and resources to take meaningful
action to foster a culture of belonging for all employees.
While our commitment starts at the top, with a Board of Directors with a broad range of skills, backgrounds and experiences,
creating a supportive, welcoming environment across our global footprint is the shared responsibility of all of our employees,
including our senior leaders. We strive to ensure our senior leaders have the resources they need to foster a positive employee
experience for all and ultimately leverage our workforce to deliver customer-focused differentiated products, services and
solutions. In 2025, we continued supporting employees in life, career and connection. Our employee-led communities have
served as champions of the employee value proposition, Create Your Possible, a framework for initiatives with a shared
purpose of driving professional development, employee engagement and business results. We have over 450 employee-led
communities that bring together employees from various groups, divisions and functional teams to create greater synergy
around business objectives and serve as a hub for innovation, professional development and mentorship opportunities that
enable our employees to thrive and find long-term success at Sherwin-Williams.
Talent Acquisition and Employee Engagement. We strive to attract, retain, develop and progress a workforce that embraces our
culture through an integrated talent management strategy. This strategy connects major milestones in the employee journey,
including talent acquisition, onboarding, performance management, leadership and management development, succession and
career progression. The Company’s early talent programs, including our management trainee program and similar programs
across our global business, play a critical role in attracting, developing and advancing a pipeline of talent with a broad mix of
skills, backgrounds and experiences. During 2025, we hired approximately 1,700 professionals through our management trainee
program as part of our long-term growth initiatives.
We invest in our people by providing learning and employee networking opportunities to drive retention, development and
engagement and help employees excel in their current and future roles. During 2025, our employees collectively completed
thousands of hours of online and instructor-led courses across a broad range of categories, including leadership, professional
skills, technical skills and compliance. We measure our progress toward creating a culture of excellence that empowers
employees to learn, grow and achieve their aspirations by conducting periodic pulse surveys and a global engagement survey,
which we conducted in 2025 and expect to conduct every other year. We are focused on using these survey results to drive
continued progress with our efforts.
Occupational Health and Safety. Providing safe and healthy working environments for our employees is a core value. We have
a consistent focus on Environmental, Health and Safety excellence that promotes employee health and safety, process safety
and occupational health, including evaluation and implementation of preventative measures to reduce workplace injuries and
illness. We strive for incident-free workplaces and are continuously seeking to improve the programs that are in place to help
keep our employees, customers and communities safe, including by regularly re-evaluating our global management systems,
standards and performance measures.
Total Rewards. We prioritize the fair and consistent treatment of our employees in relation to working conditions, wages,
benefits, policies and procedures. The Company’s policies and programs are designed to respond to the needs of our employees
in a manner that provides a safe, professional, efficient and rewarding workplace. Our total rewards programs are designed to
offer competitive compensation, comprehensive benefits and other programs to support employees’ growth, both personally and
professionally, and the needs and well-being of our employees worldwide.
Over the past few years, we have enhanced certain of the Company’s benefits and practices to support the health and well-being
of our employees. Our enhanced benefits have included paid sick leave, family leave and voluntary leave of absence policies
and programs. In 2025, we introduced a new backup child and elder care benefit and increased the annual discount on medical
plan contributions that employees can earn by participating in our well-being program. More recently, in 2026 we launched a
new global well-being program and platform to give all employees access to engaging tools and resources that will help drive
better health outcomes.
Regulatory Compliance
For further information regarding environmental-related matters, see Notes 1, 10 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements
in Item 8.
4
CAUTIONARY STATEMENT REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING INFORMATION
Certain statements contained in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and elsewhere in this report constitute “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of federal securities laws. These
forward-looking statements are based upon management’s current expectations, predictions, estimates, assumptions and beliefs
concerning future events and conditions and may discuss, among other things, anticipated future performance (including sales
and earnings), expected growth, future business plans and the costs and potential liability for environmental-related matters and
lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation. Any statement that is not historical in nature is a forward-looking statement and
may be identified by the use of words and phrases such as “anticipate,” “aspire,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,”
“goal,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “project,” “seek,” “should,” “strive,” “target,” “will,” or “would” or the negative
thereof or comparable terminology.
Readers are cautioned not to place undue reliance on any forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements are
necessarily subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors, many of which are outside our control, that could cause actual
results to differ materially from such statements and from our historical results, performance and experience. These risks,
uncertainties and other factors include such things as:
•
general business and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide;
•
inflation rates, interest rates, unemployment rates, labor costs, healthcare costs, recessionary conditions, geopolitical
conditions, terrorist activity, armed conflicts and wars, public health crises, pandemics, outbreaks of disease and
supply chain disruptions;
•
shifts in consumer behavior driven by economic downturns in cyclical segments of the economy;
•
shortages and increases in the cost of raw materials and energy;
•
catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters (including those that may be related to climate
change);
•
disruptions to our information technology systems, including due to digitization efforts or cybersecurity incidents;
•
our ability to attract, retain, develop and progress a qualified global workforce;
•
the loss of any of our largest customers;
•
increased competition or failure to keep pace with developments in key competitive areas of our business;
•
our ability to successfully integrate past and future acquisitions into our existing operations;
•
risks and uncertainties associated with our expansion into and our operations in South America, Asia, Europe and
other foreign markets;
•
policy changes affecting international trade, including import/export restrictions and tariffs;
•
our ability to achieve our strategies or expectations relating to sustainability considerations, including as a result of
evolving legal, regulatory and other standards, processes and assumptions, the pace of scientific and technological
developments, increased costs, the availability of requisite suppliers, energy sources, or financing and changes in
carbon markets and carbon accounting rules;
•
damage to our business, reputation, image or brands due to negative publicity;
•
the infringement or loss of our intellectual property rights or the theft or unauthorized use of our trade secrets or other
confidential business information;
•
a weakening of global credit markets or changes to our credit ratings;
•
our ability to generate cash to service our indebtedness;
•
fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and changing monetary policies;
•
our ability to comply with a variety of complex U.S. and non-U.S. laws, rules and regulations;
•
increases in tax rates, or changes in tax laws or regulations;
•
our ability to comply with numerous, complex and increasingly stringent domestic and foreign health, safety and
environmental laws, regulations and requirements;
•
our liability related to environmental investigation and remediation activities at some of our currently- and formerly-
owned sites;
•
the nature, cost, quantity and outcome of pending and future litigation, including lead pigment and lead-based paint
litigation; and
•
the other risk factors discussed in Item 1A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and our other reports filed with the
SEC.
5
Readers are cautioned that it is not possible to predict or identify all of the risks, uncertainties and other factors that may affect
future results and that the above list should not be considered a complete list. Any forward-looking statement speaks only as of
the date on which such statement is made, and we undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statement,
whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
The risks described below and in other documents we file from time to time with the SEC could materially and adversely affect
our business, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition. Although the risks are organized by headings, and
each risk is discussed separately, many are interrelated. While we believe we have identified and discussed below the key risks
affecting our business, there may be additional risks and uncertainties that are not presently known or that are not currently
believed to be significant that may adversely affect our business, results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial
condition in the future. Readers should not interpret the disclosure of any risk factor to imply that the risk has not already
materialized.
ECONOMIC AND STRATEGIC RISKS
Adverse changes in general business and economic conditions in the United States and worldwide have in the past adversely
affected and may in the future adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
We operate all over the world serving customers in more than 120 countries. Our business, operations and strategies are
sensitive to global and regional business and economic conditions. Adverse changes in such conditions in the United States and
worldwide have in the past impacted and may in the future reduce the demand for some of our products, adversely impact our
ability to predict and meet any future changes in the demand for our products and impair the ability of those with whom we do
business to satisfy their obligations to us, each of which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or
financial condition. Changes in inflation rates, interest rates, tax rates, unemployment rates, labor costs, healthcare costs,
recessionary conditions, geopolitical conditions, governmental policies, laws and regulations (including import and export
requirements such as new or increased tariffs, sanctions, quotas or trade barriers), business disruptions due to cybersecurity
incidents, terrorist activity, armed conflicts and wars (including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine), public
health crises, pandemics, outbreaks of disease, catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions or natural disasters (including
those that may be related to climate change or otherwise), supply chain disruptions (including those caused by industry capacity
constraints, labor shortages, raw material availability and transportation and logistics delays and constraints) and other
economic factors have in the past and could in the future adversely affect demand for some of our products, our ability to
predict and meet any future changes in the demand for our products, the availability, delivery or cost of raw materials, our
ability to adequately staff and maintain operations at affected facilities and our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or
financial condition and that of our customers, vendors and suppliers.
In particular, ongoing global inflation has impacted consumer and manufacturing behavior in recent years. We expect
inflationary pressure to continue to impact consumer and manufacturing customer behavior during 2026, including in the
United States housing market as a result of elevated mortgage rates and in global industrial markets as a result of softer demand.
Such impacts could adversely affect the demand for some of our products and our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or
financial condition. In addition, market uncertainty and volatility in various geographies have been magnified as a result of
shifts in U.S. and foreign trade, economic and other policies, and such shifts, including price increases on certain raw materials,
and changes in the availability of, or tariffs on certain imported raw materials, could continue to adversely impact our results of
operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
Protracted duration of economic downturns in cyclical segments of the economy has in the past and may in the future
depress the demand for some of our products and adversely affect our sales, earnings, cash flow or financial condition.
Portions of our business involve the sale of paint, coatings and related products to segments of the economy that are cyclical in
nature, particularly segments relating to construction, housing, manufacturing and oil production, refining, storage and
transportation. Our sales to these segments are affected by the levels of discretionary consumer and business spending in these
segments. During economic downturns in these segments, the levels of consumer and business discretionary spending have in
the past decreased. A decrease in consumer and business discretionary spending has in the past and could in the future reduce
the demand for some of our products and has in the past and could in the future adversely affect our sales, earnings, cash flow
or financial condition.
Interest rates, in particular, drive shifts in consumer behavior with respect to the housing market, and have in the past adversely
affected and may in the future adversely affect demand for new residential homes, existing home turnover and new non-
residential construction. These shifts in consumer behavior have in the past adversely impacted and may in the future adversely
impact demand for some of our products, and our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition. Although the
6
Federal Reserve cut interest rates in 2025, mortgage rates have remained high and we have not experienced meaningful positive
impacts on demand for our products that serve these segments of the economy to date. Although changes in inflation, the
interest rate environment and the mortgage market are difficult to predict, we expect the recent and continued combination of
high interest rates and inflation to continue to impact consumer and manufacturing customer behavior in 2026. Any worsening
in these segments will reduce the demand for some of our products and may adversely impact sales, earnings and cash flow.
In the U.S. construction and housing segments, labor markets are impacted by a number of factors, including high employment
levels, unemployment programs and subsidies, immigration laws and volatility in general macroeconomic factors. We have in
the past and may in the future see project backlogs in these segments due to contractors experiencing a shortage of skilled
workers, resulting in an adverse effect on the growth rate of demand for our products. While we would typically expect to see
higher demand for our products as project backlogs are reduced, inflation, interest rates, and other economic conditions may
delay a recovery in demand, which may result in any such labor shortage and other conditions adversely impacting our sales,
earnings, cash flow or financial condition.
OPERATIONAL RISKS
Unexpected shortages and increases in the cost of raw materials and energy have in the past and may in the future adversely
affect our earnings or cash flow.
We purchase raw materials (including petrochemical-derived resins, latex and solvents, titanium dioxide and various additives)
and energy for use in the manufacturing, distribution and sale of our products. Factors such as political instability, higher tariffs,
import/export restrictions, supply chain disruptions, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters (including those that may
be related to climate change or otherwise), armed conflicts and wars, or public health crises have in the past adversely impacted,
and may in the future adversely impact, the availability and cost of raw materials and fuel supplies, our ability to meet customer
demands for some of our products, adequately staff and maintain operations at affected facilities and our costs generally. In
addition, environmental regulations, including regulations related to climate change or otherwise, have in the past and may in
the future negatively impact us or our suppliers in terms of availability and cost of raw materials, as well as sources and supply
of energy.
Although raw materials and energy supplies (including oil and natural gas) are generally available from various sources in
sufficient quantities, unexpected shortages and increases in the cost of raw materials and energy, supplier capacity constraints,
or any deterioration in our relationships with, or the financial viability of, our suppliers, may have an adverse effect on our
earnings or cash flow. Although we generally have a number of suppliers, in some cases we have limited or single-sources of
supply. We purchase raw materials globally from sources around the world, including in the Middle East, Central and South
America and other areas that may be less politically stable than other areas. Wars, armed conflicts, political instability, civil
disturbances and unrest, terrorist attacks and actions by governments in these areas (such as the ongoing conflict between
Russia and Ukraine and any expansion or increase in the severity and intensity of the same) may decrease the supply and
increase the price of raw materials that we use for our business, which could have a material adverse effect on our sales,
earnings, cash flow or results of operations. For example, although we do not have significant operations in the region, in the
past the conflict between Israel and Hamas has caused disruption, instability and volatility in supply chains and logistics,
including shipping disruptions in the Red Sea and surrounding waterways.
In the event we experience supply chain disruptions from our suppliers, we may not be able to timely shift to internal
production or secure alternate sources in order to prevent significant impacts to our business, or we may experience quality
issues with raw materials and energy sourced from alternate sources. If we are unable to offset such disruptions through internal
production or alternate sources, we may experience adverse impacts to our business, including adverse effects to our earnings
and cash flow.
If the cost of raw materials and energy increases, we may not be able to offset higher costs in a timely manner by sufficiently
decreasing our operating costs or raising the prices of our products. Following two years of historic inflation, certain raw
material and energy prices decreased in 2023 and 2024, and remained flat in 2025, particularly resins and solvents derived from
petrochemical feedstock sources such as propylene and ethylene. Ongoing global supply and demand dynamics drive the cost of
raw materials and energy, which could continue to experience periods of volatility in the future and may adversely affect our
earnings and cash flow.
Catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters (including those that may be related to climate change
or otherwise) may temporarily reduce the demand for some of our products, impact our ability to meet the demand for our
products or cause supply chain disruptions and increased costs, and could have a negative effect on our sales, earnings or
cash flow.
Our business is seasonal in nature, with the second and third quarters typically generating a higher proportion of sales and
earnings than other quarters. From time to time, catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions and natural disasters (including
7
those that may be related to climate change or otherwise) have caused business disruptions and have had an adverse effect on
our sales, manufacture and distribution of paint, coatings and related products. Our facilities and systems are not fully
redundant and our disaster recovery planning may not be sufficient to meet business needs in the event of disruptions. In the
event of catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions or a natural disaster causing significant damage to any one or more of
our principal manufacturing or distribution facilities, we may not be able to provide the products needed to meet customer
demand, which could have an adverse effect on our sales of certain paint, coatings and related products.
Also from time to time, the impact of these risks to our suppliers has had or may have an adverse effect on our sales,
manufacture and distribution of certain of our products. Catastrophic events, adverse weather conditions or natural disasters and
their impacts have in the past resulted, and may in the future result, in industry-wide supply chain disruptions, increased raw
material and other costs and our hindered ability to manufacture the products needed to fully meet customer demand.
In any of these instances, an adverse effect on sales may cause a reduction in our earnings or cash flow.
Disruptions to our information technology systems, including due to digitization efforts or cybersecurity incidents, may
interfere with our operating and financial processes, result in the compromise or loss of critical and confidential
information and severely harm our business.
We rely on information technology systems to conduct our business. Information technology systems are important to many of
our business-critical operating and financial processes, including production planning, manufacturing, distribution,
communication with our employees, customers and suppliers, sales and customer service, research and development, recording
and processing transactions and the production of accurate and timely reports on our financial and operating results. In
connection with our digitization initiative, we are engaged in a multi-year phased process to upgrade and harmonize certain
components of our information technology systems, including our financial processing systems. We are making significant
investments in this complex, enterprise-wide initiative. Planned implementations will lead to changes in our operating and
financial processes as well as our internal control over financial reporting. Disruptions to our information technology systems
could occur if we do not effectively design or implement these systems solutions, or otherwise fail to manage resulting changes
in processes and controls. This could adversely affect our operations, negatively impact our financial reporting and the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of
operations and financial condition.
Some of the information technology systems we rely on are maintained or operated by third-party providers, including cloud-
based systems. Cybersecurity incidents, threats and attacks are increasingly sophisticated, including due to advances in artificial
intelligence (AI) capabilities, constantly evolving, and originate from many sources globally. In addition, often these incidents
cannot be recognized or understood until the target has already been attacked. These risks are expected to continue to be
magnified due to the increased reliance on information technology systems to conduct our business, including those used in
furtherance of supporting remote and hybrid in-office work environments and managing our global operating and financial
processes. Disruptions to these systems may impair our ability to conduct business and threaten the availability, confidentiality
and integrity of our systems and information and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and
financial condition.
As part of our business, we collect and handle information about our business, customers, employees and suppliers. Despite the
security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of third parties we rely on or do business with, may be
vulnerable to, or affected by damage or interruption resulting from, cybersecurity issues, including cyber attacks (including AI-
powered cyberattacks), security breaches, fraud (including through phishing or social engineering attempts), malware
(including ransomware and other programs that operate with malicious intent), power outages, system failures, acts of
vandalism, human or technical errors, or other similar events or disruptions.
Our information, facilities and systems and those hosted or supported by third parties on our behalf could also be impacted by
the intentional or unintentional improper conduct of our employees, vendors or others who have access to and may mishandle
or misappropriate information or access systems or facilities. Any such event involving the misappropriation, loss or other
unauthorized disclosure of information or disruption of our systems, whether impacting us or third parties we rely on or do
business with, could result in losses, damage our reputation or relationships with customers and suppliers, expose us to the risks
of litigation, regulatory action and liability, including individual claims or consumer class actions, commercial litigation,
administrative and civil or criminal investigations or actions, regulatory intervention and sanctions or fines, investigation and
remediation costs, loss of intellectual property, release of confidential information, alteration or corruption of data or systems,
costs related to remediation or the payment of ransom, and litigation and possible prolonged negative publicity, and disrupt our
operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
We and third parties we rely on or do business with have experienced cybersecurity attacks and incidents in the past, some of
which have resulted in unauthorized access to our information and systems and other disruptions to our business operations, and
8
we could in the future experience similar incidents. Although we implement various controls to try to mitigate risks to our
systems, information and other property, there can be no guarantee that the actions and controls we have implemented, or which
we have caused third-party service providers to implement, will be sufficient to protect and mitigate risks to our systems,
information or other property.
The domestic and international regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and transfer, digital
marketing or telemarketing and privacy is increasingly rigorous and complex, with new and rapidly changing requirements
applicable to our business, which often require changes to our business practices. Compliance with these requirements,
including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, China’s Personal Information Protection, Data Security
and Cyber Security Laws, Brazil’s General Data Protection Law, the California Consumer Privacy Act as amended by the
California Privacy Rights Act, other U.S. state privacy laws and a growing number of other international and domestic
regulations, are costly and will result in additional costs in our efforts to continue to comply. These laws and regulations can
provide for significant penalties for non-compliance, which could result in additional costs of compliance, enforcement actions,
regulatory investigations and fines, individual or class action litigation, commercial litigation or reputational harm. Ongoing
efforts to comply with these laws also may divert management and employee attention from other business and growth
initiatives.
Our ability to attract, retain, develop and progress a qualified global workforce could adversely impact our business and
impair our ability to meet our strategic objectives and the needs of our customers.
Our continued success depends in part on our ability to identify, attract and onboard qualified candidates with the requisite
education, background, skills and experience and our ability to retain, develop, progress and engage qualified employees across
our business, including our stores, fleet, manufacturing, research and development, information technology, corporate and other
operations and functions. To the extent we are unable to remain competitive with our total rewards programs (which include
compensation and benefits programs and practices), talent management strategy, workplace culture and strategies, initiatives,
programs and practices that drive belonging and a positive employee experience, or if qualified candidates or employees
become more difficult to attract or retain under reasonable terms, we have in the past and may in the future experience higher
labor-related costs. If we are unable to attract, retain, develop and progress a qualified global workforce, this could adversely
affect our business and future success and impair our ability to meet our strategic objectives and the needs of our customers.
A number of factors may adversely affect the labor force available to us or increase labor costs generally, including high
employment levels, population migration, unemployment programs and subsidies, immigration laws and volatility in general
macroeconomic factors impacting the labor market. Although we have not experienced any material labor shortage to date, over
the past few years, we have experienced an increasingly competitive labor market and higher labor-related costs. A sustained
labor shortage or increased turnover rates within our employee base (or within the employee base of key suppliers or third-party
manufacturers), could negatively affect our supply chain or our ability to efficiently operate our manufacturing and distribution
facilities and overall business.
Although we have an extensive customer base, the loss of any of our largest customers could adversely affect our sales,
earnings or cash flow.
We have a large and varied customer base due to our extensive distribution platform. During 2025, no individual customer
accounted for sales totaling more than ten percent of our sales. However, we have some customers that, individually, purchase a
large amount of products from us. Although our broad distribution channels help to minimize the impact of the loss of any one
customer or the loss of a significant amount of sales to any one customer, the loss of any of these large customers, or the loss of
significant amount of sales to any of these large customers, could have an adverse effect on our sales, earnings or cash flow.
Increased competition or failure to keep pace with developments in key competitive areas of our business may reduce our
sales, earnings or cash flow performance.
We face substantial competition from many international, national, regional and local competitors of various sizes in the
manufacture, distribution and sale of our paint, coatings and related products. Some of our competitors operate more
extensively in certain regions around the world and have greater financial or operational resources to compete in certain
regions. They may secure better terms from certain vendors, adopt more aggressive pricing and devote more resources to
certain product lines or parts of their business. Other competitors are smaller and may be able to offer more specialized
products. Technology, product quality, product composition, raw material sourcing, product innovation and development
(including relating to increased customer interest in the sustainability attributes of products and our related key strategies and
initiatives for expanding our product offerings), breadth of product line, technical expertise, distribution, service and price are
key competitive factors for our business. Competition in any of these areas, or failure to keep pace with developments in any of
these areas, may reduce our sales and adversely affect our earnings or cash flow by resulting in decreased sales volumes,
reduced prices and increased costs of manufacturing, distributing and selling our products.
9
Our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition may be negatively impacted if we do not successfully integrate
past and future acquisitions into our existing operations and if the performance of the businesses we acquire do not meet
our expectations.
We have historically made strategic acquisitions of businesses in the paint and coatings industry and likely will acquire
additional businesses in the future as part of our long-term growth strategy and initiatives. In October 2025, we completed our
acquisition of Suvinil, a leading provider of architectural paints in Brazil, with annual sales of approximately $525 million. The
success of the Suvinil acquisition, and other past and future acquisitions depends in large part on our ability to integrate the
operations and personnel of the acquired companies and manage challenges that may arise as a result of the acquisitions,
particularly when the acquired businesses operate in new or foreign markets. In the event we do not successfully integrate such
past and future acquisitions into our existing operations so as to realize the expected return on our investment, our results of
operations, cash flow or financial condition could be adversely affected.
Risks and uncertainties associated with our expansion into and our operations in South America, Asia, Europe and other
foreign markets have in the past and could in the future adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or
financial condition.
Net sales of our consolidated foreign subsidiaries totaled approximately 19.6%, 19.2% and 19.2% of our total consolidated Net
sales in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Sales outside of the United States make up a significant part of our current business
and future strategic plans. Our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition have in the past and could in the
future be adversely affected by a variety of domestic and international factors, including general economic conditions, political
instability, inflation rates, recessions, sanctions, tariffs, foreign currency exchange rates, foreign currency exchange controls,
interest rates, foreign investment and repatriation restrictions, legal and regulatory constraints, civil unrest, armed conflicts and
wars (including the ongoing conflict between Russia and Ukraine), difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations and
other economic and political factors. In addition, public health crises in foreign jurisdictions may temporarily reduce the
demand for some of our products and adversely affect the availability and cost of raw materials. Our inability to successfully
manage the risks and uncertainties relating to any of these factors could adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow,
liquidity or financial condition.
In many foreign countries, it is not uncommon for others to engage in certain business practices we are prohibited from
engaging in because of regulations applicable to us, such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the UK Bribery Act. Recent
years have seen a substantial increase in anti-bribery law enforcement activity, with more frequent and aggressive investigations
and enforcement proceedings by both U.S. and non-U.S. regulators, and an increase in criminal and civil proceedings brought
against companies and individuals. Although we have internal control policies and procedures designed to promote compliance
with these regulations, there can be no assurance our policies and procedures will prevent a violation of these regulations. Any
violation could cause an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
Policy changes affecting international trade have in the past and could in the future adversely impact the demand for our
products and our competitive position.
International, national and regional laws, regulations and policies that have the effect of restricting global trade and markets and
restricting the import and export of products, services and technology, or those of our customers, or for the benefit of favored
industries or sectors, have in the past, and could in the future, interfere with our operations, supply chain, manufacturing costs
and customer relationships and harm our business. Due to the global scope of our operations, changes in government policies
on foreign trade and investment have and may continue to affect the demand for our products and services, impact the
competitive position of our products or prevent us from being able to sell products in certain countries. Expanding export
controls or limits on foreign investment, for example, has in the past and could in the future impact the global supply of raw
materials. Government actions taken in connection with the United States-China trade conflict have in the past and could in the
future impact business, including sales, imports and exports. Our business benefits from free trade agreements, including the
United States-Mexico-Canada Agreement and EU-UK Trade and Cooperation Agreement. Efforts to withdraw from, or
substantially modify such agreements, in addition to trends such as protectionism or nationalism and the implementation of
more restrictive trade policies, such as more detailed inspections, higher tariffs, import or export licensing requirements,
exchange controls or new barriers to entry, could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition
or cash flow and that of our customers, vendors and suppliers.
We may not achieve our strategies or expectations relating to sustainability considerations, which could expose us to
potential liabilities, increased costs, reputational harm and other adverse effects on our business.
We have established strategies and expectations for our business relating to certain sustainability considerations, including
regarding reducing greenhouse gas emissions, increasing use of electricity from renewable energy sources, reducing waste and
improving safety performance. These strategies and expectations reflect our current business plans and aspirations, and there is
no guarantee that they will be achieved. Our ability to achieve any such strategies or expectations is subject to numerous factors
and conditions, many of which are outside of our control. Examples of such factors include, but are not limited to, evolving
10
legal, regulatory and other standards, processes and assumptions; the pace of scientific and technological developments;
increased costs; the availability of requisite suppliers, energy sources, or financing; and changes in carbon markets and carbon
accounting rules. The pursuit of our strategies or expectations, failures or delays (whether actual or perceived) in achieving our
strategies or expectations or changes to our strategies or expectations related to these matters could expose us to potential
liabilities, increased costs, reputational harm and other adverse effects on our business.
Furthermore, many governments, regulators, investors, employees, customers, media outlets and other stakeholders are focused
on sustainability considerations relating to businesses, including climate change and greenhouse gas emissions, natural capital
circularity, human capital and belonging, and employee experience. Our business may face scrutiny from such stakeholders and
if our strategies or expectations relating to sustainability considerations do not meet stakeholder expectations and standards
(including with respect to establishing science-based targets), which continue to evolve and may differ across jurisdictions in
which we operate, our business, financial condition, results of operations and reputation could be adversely impacted. Similarly,
our failure or perceived failure to pursue or fulfill our strategies and expectations; comply with federal, state, or international
ethical, environmental, or other standards, regulations, or expectations; adhere to public statements; satisfy new and emerging
reporting standards; or meet evolving and varied stakeholder expectations within the timelines we announce, or at all, could
have adverse operational, reputational, financial and legal impacts.
Our business, reputation, image and brands could be damaged by negative publicity.
Our reputation, image and recognized brands significantly contribute to our business and success, as they are critical to
retaining and growing our customer base and our relationships with other stakeholders. Specifically, our ability to maintain a
positive perception of us and our business, including through our guiding values, is of great importance. Significant negative
claims or publicity involving us, our business or our products, services, culture, values, strategies and practices, including
postings, articles, or comments on social media and the internet, undermine confidence in our Company, and could materially
damage our reputation and image, even if such claims or publicity are inaccurate. Damage to our reputation and image could
adversely impact our ability to attract new and retain existing customers, employees and other business and stakeholder
relationships, and could adversely affect the demand for some of our products and adversely affect our sales, earnings, cash
flow or financial condition.
Our business could be adversely affected by the infringement or loss of our intellectual property rights or by the theft or
unauthorized use of our trade secrets or other confidential business information.
Our competitive position and the value of our products and brands could be reduced and our business adversely affected if we
are unable to maintain or adequately protect our intellectual property. We have numerous patents, trade secrets, trademarks,
trade names copyrights and know-how that are valuable to our business. Despite our efforts to protect such intellectual property
and other proprietary information from unauthorized use or disclosure, third parties may attempt to disclose, obtain or use our
trademarks or such other intellectual property and information without our authorization. We also face attempts, including
through cybersecurity attacks and social engineering tactics, to gain unauthorized access to our systems for the purpose of
improperly acquiring our trade secrets or confidential business information. In addition, advances in AI technology and
increasingly widespread use of generative AI tools may increase the risk of unauthorized access to intellectual property, may
increase the risk that existing intellectual property law may not provide adequate protection and may introduce potential
liability from the use of AI tools. The theft or unauthorized use or publication of our trade secrets and other confidential
business information as a result of such incidents could adversely affect the value of our investment in research and
development and our business. Although we rely on the patent, trademark, trade secret and copyright laws of the United States
and other countries to protect our intellectual property rights, the laws of some countries may not protect such rights to the same
extent as the laws of the United States. Unauthorized use of our intellectual property by third parties, the failure of foreign
countries to have laws to protect our intellectual property rights, or an inability to effectively enforce such rights in foreign
countries could have an adverse effect on our business.
FINANCIAL RISKS
A weakening of global credit markets or changes to our credit ratings may adversely affect our results of operations, cash
flow, liquidity or financial condition.
A weakening of global credit markets has in the past and could in the future adversely impact our Net sales, the collection of
accounts receivable, funding for working capital needs, expected cash flow generation from current and acquired businesses,
access to capital and our investments, which has in the past and could in the future adversely impact our results of operations,
cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
We finance a portion of our sales through trade credit. Credit markets remain tight, and some customers who require financing
for their businesses have not been able to obtain, and may in the future have difficulty obtaining, necessary financing. A
11
continuation or worsening of these conditions could limit our ability to collect our accounts receivable, which could adversely
affect our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
We generally fund a portion of our seasonal working capital needs and obtain funding for other general corporate purposes
through short-term borrowings backed by our revolving credit facility and other financing facilities. If any of the banks in these
credit and financing facilities are unable to perform on their commitments, such inability could adversely impact our cash flow,
liquidity or financial condition, including our ability to obtain funding for working capital needs and other general corporate
purposes.
Although we have available credit facilities to fund our current operating needs, we cannot be certain we will be able to replace
our existing credit facilities or refinance our existing or future debt when necessary. Our cost of borrowing and ability to access
the capital markets are affected not only by market conditions, but also by our debt and credit ratings assigned by the major
credit rating agencies. Rating agencies regularly evaluate our business and could downgrade our credit rating based on a
number of factors, including factors beyond our control, such as general business or economic conditions. Downgrades in these
ratings likely would increase our cost of borrowing and could have an adverse effect on our access to the capital markets,
including our access to the commercial paper market. An inability to access the capital markets with the same flexibility we
have now and on terms commercially acceptable to us, or at all, could have a material adverse effect on our results of
operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
We have goodwill and intangible assets recorded on our Consolidated Balance Sheets. We periodically evaluate the
recoverability of the carrying value of our goodwill and intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
such value may not be recoverable. An impairment assessment involves judgment as to assumptions regarding future sales and
cash flow and the impact of market conditions on those assumptions. Future events, such as the integration or rebranding of
trademarks acquired in acquisitions and changing market conditions may impact our assumptions and change our estimates of
future sales and cash flow, including our ability to track trademark specific sales and cash flow, resulting in us incurring
substantial impairment charges, which could adversely affect our results of operations or financial condition.
We hold investments in equity and debt securities in some of our defined benefit pension plans. A decrease in the value of plan
assets resulting from a general financial downturn may cause a negative pension plan investment performance, which may
adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
We require a significant amount of cash to service the substantial amount of debt we have outstanding. Our ability to
generate cash depends on many factors beyond our control. We also depend on the business of our subsidiaries to satisfy our
cash needs. If we cannot generate the required cash, we may not be able to make the necessary payments required under our
indebtedness.
At December 31, 2025, we had total debt of approximately $10.871 billion, which is an increase of $982.9 million since
December 31, 2024. We have the ability under our existing credit facilities and otherwise to incur substantial additional
indebtedness in the future. Our ability to make payments on our debt, fund other liquidity needs and make planned capital
expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future. Our historical financial results have been, and we
anticipate our future financial results will be, subject to fluctuations. Our ability to generate cash, to a certain extent, is subject
to general business, economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors beyond our control, including
supply chain disruptions, adverse weather conditions or natural disasters, armed conflicts and wars, changes in raw material and
energy supplies, public health crises and pricing and related impacts. We cannot guarantee our business will generate sufficient
cash flow from our operations or future borrowings will be available to us in an amount sufficient to enable us to make
payments of our debt, fund other liquidity needs and make planned capital expenditures.
The degree to which we are leveraged could have important consequences for shareholders. For example, it could:
•
require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to the payment of debt service, reducing
the availability of our cash flow to fund working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other long-term growth
initiatives and general corporate purposes;
•
limit cash flow available to return to shareholders in the form of dividends and share repurchases;
•
increase our vulnerability to adverse business, economic or industry conditions;
•
limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future to enable us to react to changes in our business or general
business, economic or industry conditions; or
•
place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to businesses in our industry that have less debt.
Additionally, any failure to comply with covenants in the instruments governing our debt could result in an event of default
which, if not cured or waived, would have a material adverse effect on us.
12
A significant portion of our operations are conducted through our subsidiaries. As a result, our ability to generate sufficient cash
flow for our needs is dependent to some extent on the earnings of our subsidiaries and the payment of those earnings to us in the
form of dividends, loans or advances and through repayment of loans or advances from us. Our subsidiaries are separate and
distinct legal entities. Our subsidiaries have no obligation to pay any amounts due on our debt or to provide us with funds to
meet our cash flow needs, whether in the form of dividends, distributions, loans or other payments. Further, any payment of
dividends, loans or advances by our subsidiaries could be subject to statutory or contractual restrictions. Payments to us by our
subsidiaries will also be contingent upon our subsidiaries’ earnings and business considerations. Our right to receive any assets
of any of our subsidiaries upon their liquidation or reorganization will be effectively subordinated to the claims of that
subsidiary’s creditors, including trade creditors. Even if we are a creditor of any of our subsidiaries, our rights as a creditor
would be subordinate to any security interest in the assets of our subsidiaries and any indebtedness of our subsidiaries senior to
that held by us. Finally, changes in the laws of foreign jurisdictions in which we operate have in the past and may in the future
adversely affect the ability of some of our foreign subsidiaries to repatriate funds to us.
Fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and changing monetary policies could adversely affect our results of
operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition.
Because of our international operations, we are exposed to risk associated with interest rates and value changes in foreign
currencies, including as a result of inflation, central bank monetary policies, currency controls and other exchange restrictions,
which may adversely affect our business. Historically, our reported Net sales, earnings, cash flow and financial condition have
been subjected to fluctuations in foreign exchange rates. Our primary exchange rate exposure is with the euro, the Brazilian
real, the Canadian dollar, the Mexican peso, the British pound, the Chinese yuan, the Chilean peso and the Argentine peso, each
against the U.S. dollar. While we actively manage the exposure of our foreign currency risk as part of our overall financial risk
management policy, we have in the past and may in the future experience losses from foreign currency exchange rate
fluctuations and currency controls and restrictions, and such losses could adversely affect our sales, earnings, cash flow,
liquidity or financial condition. Currency controls or restrictions may limit our ability to convert foreign currencies into U.S.
dollars, or to remit dividends and other payments from our subsidiaries or businesses located in or conducted within a country
imposing such controls or restrictions. For example, we experienced a loss of $41.8 million in 2023 as a result of the significant
devaluation of the Argentine peso in December 2023 as part of economic reforms implemented by the government of
Argentina, and we may experience similar losses in the future.
LEGAL AND REGULATORY RISKS
We are subject to a wide variety of complex U.S. and non-U.S. laws, rules and regulations, as well as compliance risks
related to new and existing laws and regulations, compliance with which could increase our costs and could adversely affect
our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
We maintain significant operations in the U.S. and outside of the U.S. We are subject to a wide variety of complex U.S. and
non-U.S. federal, state and local laws, rules and regulations and legal compliance risks, including laws, rules and regulations
involving securities, tax, employment and pensions, competition, environmental, export and trade, intellectual property, data
privacy and cybersecurity and improper business practices, such as anti-bribery and corruption. We are affected by new laws
and regulations and changes to existing laws and regulations, including interpretations by courts and regulators. We are also
subject to compliance risks related to contract requirements and risks that any third-party we engage to do work on our behalf
might conduct business in a manner that is inconsistent with our Code of Conduct or with legal requirements. Compliance with
continuously evolving U.S. and non-U.S. federal, state and local laws, rules, regulations and related interpretations applicable to
our business, may increase our costs or require significant capital investment, and our results of operations could be adversely
impacted if these costs are greater than we have projected. If we are unable to comply with all of the laws, rules, regulations and
interpretations applicable to us, we could become the subject of inquiries, reviews or investigations by regulators and related
adverse outcomes of which could lead to enforcement actions, the imposition of fines or costs, requirements to suspend
operations at certain facilities, the assertion of private litigation claims and damages or damage to our reputation.
The domestic and international regulatory environment related to information security, data collection and transfer, digital
marketing or telemarketing, and privacy is increasingly rigorous and complex, with new and rapidly changing requirements
applicable to our business, which often require changes to our business practices. Compliance with these requirements,
including the European Union’s General Data Protection Regulation, China’s Personal Information Protection, Data Security,
and Cyber Security Laws, Brazil’s General Data Protection Law, the California Consumer Privacy Act as amended by the
California Privacy Rights Act, other U.S. state privacy laws, and a growing number of other international and domestic
regulations, are costly and will result in additional costs in our efforts to continue to comply. These laws and regulations can
provide for significant penalties for non-compliance, which could result in additional costs of compliance, enforcement actions,
regulatory investigations, and fines, individual or class action litigation, commercial litigation, or reputational harm. Ongoing
efforts to comply with these laws also may divert management and employee attention from other business and growth
initiatives.
13
Although we believe we have adopted appropriate risk management and compliance programs to mitigate these risks, the global
and diverse nature of our operations means compliance risks will continue to exist. We face liability and reputational risks even
if we comply with all laws and regulations. Investigations, examinations and other proceedings, the nature and outcome of
which cannot be predicted, likely will arise from time to time. These investigations, examinations and other proceedings could
subject us to significant liability and require us to take significant accruals or pay significant settlements, fines and penalties,
which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
Increases in tax rates, or changes in tax laws or regulations, could increase our costs and could adversely affect our results
of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
We are subject to tax laws and regulations in the U.S. and multiple jurisdictions outside of the U.S. We are affected by changes
in tax laws and regulations, as well as changes in related interpretations and other tax guidance. Economic and political
conditions in the countries where we are subject to taxes, including in the U.S., have in the past and may in the future result in
significant changes to tax laws or regulations. Our effective tax rates are affected by changes in our mix of earnings in countries
with different tax rates, and changes in laws, regulations and interpretations regarding deferred tax assets and liabilities, among
other things. If our effective tax rate were to increase, that could have an adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow
or financial condition. In addition, the increasingly complex global tax environment has in the past and may in the future result
in higher compliance costs. In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to examinations and investigations by various
tax authorities and other regulators. In addition to existing examinations and investigations, there could be additional
examinations and investigations in the future, and existing examinations and investigations could be expanded.
For non-income tax risks, we estimate material loss contingencies and accrue for such loss contingencies as required by
U.S. generally accepted accounting principles based on our assessment of contingencies where liability is deemed probable and
reasonably estimable in light of the facts and circumstances known to us at a particular point in time. Subsequent developments
may affect our assessment and estimates of the loss contingency. In the event the loss contingency is ultimately determined to
be significantly higher than currently accrued, the recording of the additional liability may result in a material adverse effect on
our results of operations or financial condition for the annual or interim period during which such additional liability is accrued.
In those cases where no accrual is recorded because it is not probable a liability has been incurred and cannot be reasonably
estimated, any potential liability ultimately determined to be attributable to us may result in a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, cash flow or financial condition for the annual or interim period during which such liability is accrued or
paid. For income tax risks, we recognize tax benefits based on our assessment that a tax benefit has a greater than 50%
likelihood of being sustained upon ultimate settlement with the applicable taxing authority that has full knowledge of all
relevant facts. For those income tax positions where we determine there is not a greater than 50% likelihood such tax benefits
will be sustained, we do not recognize a tax benefit in our financial statements. Subsequent events may cause us to change our
assessment of the likelihood of sustaining a previously-recognized benefit which could result in a material adverse effect on our
results of operations, cash flow or financial position for the annual or interim period during which such liability is accrued or
paid.
We discuss risks and uncertainties with regard to income taxes in more detail in Note 20 to the consolidated financial
statements in Item 8.
We are required to comply with, and may become subject to additional, numerous complex and increasingly stringent
domestic and foreign health, safety and environmental laws, regulations and requirements, the cost of which is likely to
increase and may adversely affect our results of operations, cash flow or financial condition.
Our operations are subject to various domestic and foreign health, safety and environmental laws, regulations and requirements,
including those related to climate change, producer responsibility and chemicals registration and management. These laws,
regulations and requirements not only govern our current operations and products, but also may impose potential liability on us
for our past operations.
Global focus on climate change and chemical use and management may result in the imposition of new or additional regulations
or requirements applicable to, and new or additional financial and transition risks for, our business and industry. A number of
government authorities and agencies have introduced, or are contemplating, regulatory changes to address climate change,
including the regulation and disclosure of greenhouse gas emissions and the management and use of chemicals in operations
and products. For example, the European Union Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive requires that we make expansive
disclosures on various environmental- and social-related topics. Similarly, California has enacted legislation that will require
broad disclosures, including of greenhouse gas emissions. Chemicals we use in our products, packaging and operations may be
restricted or prohibited by initiatives to address new and existing chemicals under current laws and regulations or by emerging
laws and regulations in domestic and foreign jurisdictions. The outcome of new and emerging legislation or regulation in the
U.S., European Union and other jurisdictions in which we operate may result in fees or restrictions on certain activities or
materials (including changes to our products or product packaging) and new or additional requirements, including to fund
14
energy efficiency activities or renewable energy use and to disclose information regarding our greenhouse gas emissions
performance, renewable energy usage and efficiency, waste generation and recycling rates, climate-related risks, opportunities
and oversight and related strategies and initiatives across our global operations. Compliance with these climate change,
chemical management and other initiatives has in the past and may in the future result in additional costs to us, including,
among other things, increased production costs, additional taxes, additional investments in renewable energy use and other
initiatives, reduced emission allowances, additional restrictions on production or operations and increased costs associated with
reporting and data assurance. They may also require us to alter the contents of our products and/or product packaging, which
may alter the performance and profitability of such products and packaging. We may not be able to timely recover the cost of
compliance with such new or more stringent laws and regulations, which could adversely affect our results of operations, cash
flow or financial condition. Despite our efforts to timely comply with such initiatives, implement measures to improve our
operations and execute on our related strategies and initiatives, any actual or perceived failure to comply with new or additional
requirements or meet stakeholder expectations with respect to the impacts of our operations on the environment or on our
customers or employees and related strategies and initiatives may result in adverse publicity, increased litigation risk and
adversely affect our business and reputation, which could adversely impact our results of operations, cash flow and financial
condition.
We expect health, safety and additional environmental laws, regulations and requirements to continue to evolve and to be
applied with increasing stringency on our industry. Our costs to comply with these laws, regulations and requirements may
increase as they become more stringent in the future, and these increased costs may adversely affect our results of operations,
cash flow or financial condition.
We are involved with environmental investigation and remediation activities at some of our currently- and formerly-owned
sites, as well as a number of third-party sites, for which our ultimate liability may exceed the current amount we have
accrued.
We are involved with environmental investigation and remediation activities at some of our currently- and formerly-owned sites
and a number of third-party sites. We accrue for estimated costs of investigation and remediation activities at these sites for
which commitments or clean-up plans have been developed and when such costs can be reasonably estimated based on industry
standards and professional judgment. These estimated costs are based on currently available facts regarding each site. We
routinely assess our potential liability for investigation and remediation activities and adjust our environmental-related accruals
as information becomes available, including as a result of sites progressing through investigation and remediation-related
activities, upon which more accurate costs can be reasonably estimated. Due to the uncertainties surrounding environmental
investigation and remediation activities, our liability may result in costs that are significantly higher than currently accrued and
may have an adverse effect on our earnings. We discuss these risks and uncertainties in more detail in the “Environmental-
Related Liabilities” and “Environmental Matters” sections in Item 7 and in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements in
Item 8.
The nature, cost, quantity and outcome of pending and future litigation could have a material adverse effect on our results
of operations, cash flow, liquidity and financial condition.
In the course of our business, we are subject to a variety of actual and potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings,
including, but not limited to, litigation relating to product liability and warranty, raw materials used in our products, personal
injury, environmental (including alleged natural resource damages), intellectual property, commercial, contractual and antitrust
claims, that are inherently subject to many uncertainties regarding the possibility of a loss to us. These uncertainties will
ultimately be resolved when one or more future events occur or fail to occur confirming the incurrence of a liability or the
avoidance or reduction of a liability. In accordance with the Contingencies Topic of the Accounting Standards Codification
(ASC), we accrue for contingencies by a charge to income when it is both probable that one or more future events will occur
confirming the fact of a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. In the event a loss contingency is
ultimately determined to be significantly higher than currently accrued, the recording of the additional liability may result in a
material impact on our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition for the annual or interim period during which such
additional liability is accrued. In matters where no accrual is recorded because it is not probable that a liability will be incurred
or the amount of any such loss cannot be reasonably estimated, any potential liability ultimately determined to be attributable to
us may result in a material impact on our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition for the annual or interim period
during which such liability is accrued.
For example, our past operations included the manufacture and sale of lead pigments and lead-based paints. Along with other
companies, we are and have been a defendant in a number of legal proceedings, including individual personal injury actions,
purported class actions and actions brought by various counties, cities, school districts and other government-related entities,
arising from the manufacture and sale of lead pigments and lead-based paints. The plaintiffs’ claims have been based upon
various legal theories, including negligence, strict liability, breach of warranty, negligent misrepresentations and omissions,
fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions, concert of action, civil conspiracy, violations of unfair trade practice and
15
consumer protection laws, enterprise liability, market share liability, public nuisance, unjust enrichment and other theories. The
plaintiffs have sought various damages and relief, including personal injury and property damage, costs relating to the detection
and abatement of lead-based paint from buildings, costs associated with a public education campaign, medical monitoring costs
and others. We have also been a defendant in legal proceedings arising from the manufacture and sale of non-lead-based paints
that seek recovery based upon various legal theories, including the failure to adequately warn of potential exposure to lead
during surface preparation when using non-lead-based paint on surfaces previously painted with lead-based paint. We are
vigorously defending any such litigation that remains ongoing. We expect additional litigation may be filed against us in the
future asserting similar or different legal theories, and seeking similar or different types of damages and relief. The Company
will continue to vigorously defend against any such litigation that may be filed, including utilizing all avenues of appeal, if
necessary.
Litigation is inherently subject to many uncertainties, and we ultimately may not prevail. Adverse court rulings, determinations
of liability, or third-party funding of litigation, among other factors, could affect litigation against us, including the lead
pigment and lead-based paint litigation, and encourage an increase in the number and nature of future claims and proceedings.
In addition, from time to time, various legislation and administrative regulations have been enacted, promulgated or proposed to
impose obligations on present and former manufacturers of lead pigments and lead-based paints respecting asserted health
concerns associated with such products or to overturn the effect of court decisions in which we and other manufacturers have
been successful. Legislation and administrative regulations also may be enacted, promulgated, or proposed to impose
obligations for the manufacture or sale of other raw materials that are or were used in paints and coatings.
Due to the uncertainties involved, management is unable to predict the outcome of the claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings
against us, the number or nature of possible future claims, lawsuits, and proceedings, or the effect of any legislation and/or
administrative regulations. Further, management cannot reasonably determine the scope or amount of the potential costs and
liabilities related to such matters, or resulting from any such legislation and regulations. We currently have not accrued any
amounts for the pending lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation, because we do not believe it is probable that a loss will
occur, or we believe it is not possible to estimate the range of potential losses as there is no substantive information upon which
an estimate could be based. In addition, any potential liability that may result from any changes to legislation and regulations
cannot reasonably be estimated. Due to the uncertainties associated with the amount of any such liability and/or the nature of
any other remedy which may be imposed in such litigation, any potential liability determined to be attributable to us arising out
of such litigation may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flow, liquidity or financial condition. We
discuss the risks and uncertainties related to litigation, including the lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation, in more detail
in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY
We maintain a cybersecurity program that is aligned with our business and focused on managing risks to our Company. As
described below, we have established policies, standards, processes and practices for assessing, identifying and managing
material risks from cybersecurity threats, which are integrated into our overall risk management program and governance
structure.
We use various controls, technologies and other processes designed to identify, protect against, detect, respond to and mitigate
cybersecurity risks, in alignment with the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity Framework
2.0. These include, but are not limited to, internal reporting, monitoring and detection tools, threat intelligence and general and
role-based training. We also maintain third-party management processes to identify and manage the cybersecurity risks
associated with third-party service providers. We periodically evaluate and improve the effectiveness of our cybersecurity
program internally and by engaging with consultants and other third-party advisors to conduct reviews and assessments of our
program. These periodic assessments and reviews may include penetration and vulnerability testing, simulations, table-tops and
other exercises.
Overseeing the assessment and management of our exposure to various risks, including cybersecurity, is a key oversight
responsibility for the Board of Directors. We have an enterprise risk management (ERM) program that includes the processes
used to identify, assess and manage our most significant enterprise risks and uncertainties that could materially impact the long-
term health of the Company or prevent the achievement of strategic objectives. These risks are identified, measured, monitored
and managed across key risk categories, which include the consideration of cybersecurity risks. Our chief financial officer
(CFO) facilitates the Company’s ERM program, which includes a formal assessment of the Company’s risk environment at
least once per year. The ERM program also facilitates the incorporation of risk assessment and evaluation into the strategic
16
planning process and the provision of regular reports to senior management, including our CEO. The Audit Committee assists
the Board with its oversight of both the ERM program and cybersecurity risk, providing regular reports to the Board. Our CFO
reviews the ERM program with the Audit Committee at least once per year, including reviewing existing risks and significant
emerging risks across the Company’s key risk categories. In reviewing specific threats and risks with the Board, senior
management may incorporate reports from consultants and other third-party advisors.
Our Chief Information Security Officer (CISO) leads our global cybersecurity program and is responsible for management of
our cybersecurity risks. Our CISO reports to our CFO. Our CISO has served in that position since 2022 and has relevant
experience in cybersecurity leadership positions, including prior experience as CISO of a public company. The Audit
Committee regularly reviews our risk exposures relating to cybersecurity with our CISO and CFO, including review of the state
of the Company’s cybersecurity and emerging cybersecurity developments and threats and the steps management has taken to
monitor and mitigate such exposures. Our CISO manages a team of cybersecurity professionals with expertise and experience
in information security.
Our CISO is informed of cybersecurity incidents by the cybersecurity team’s security operations center, which is generally
responsible for monitoring the prevention, detection, mitigation and remediation of cybersecurity incidents. We have an
established process governing our assessment, response and notifications internally and externally upon the occurrence of a
cybersecurity incident, including for our evaluation of materiality. Depending on the nature and severity of an incident, this
process provides for escalating notification to our CEO and Board of Directors.
Despite our efforts to prevent cybersecurity threats and incidents, our systems may be affected by damage or interruption
resulting from, among other causes, cyber attacks, security breaches, power outages, system failures or malware (including
ransomware and other programs that operate with malicious intent). Disruptions to these systems may impair our ability to
conduct business and have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. Despite the
security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems and those of third parties we rely on or do business with, may be
vulnerable to cybersecurity issues, including cyber attacks (including cyberattacks powered by AI), security breaches, fraud
(including through phishing or social engineering attempts), malware (including ransomware and other programs that operate
with malicious intent), power outages, system failures, acts of vandalism, human or technical errors, or other similar events or
disruptions. Any such event involving the misappropriation, loss or other unauthorized disclosure of information, whether
impacting us or third parties we rely on or do business with, could result in losses, damage our reputation or relationships with
customers and suppliers, expose us to the risks of litigation, regulatory action and liability, disrupt our operations and have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
To date, we have not experienced a cybersecurity threat or incident that has had a material adverse affect on our business,
results of operations and financial condition. We, and third parties we do business with, have experienced cybersecurity attacks
and incidents in the past, some of which have resulted in unauthorized access to our information and systems, and other
disruptions to our business operations, and we could in the future experience similar incidents. See Risk Factors in Item 1A for
further information on cybersecurity risks.
17
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
The Company’s global headquarters, which includes the global headquarters for the Paint Stores, Consumer Brands and
Performance Coatings Groups and the Administrative function, is located in Cleveland, Ohio. During 2025, the Company
substantially completed the construction of its new global headquarters and research and development center. Refer to Item 7
for further information on our new global headquarters and research and development center.
Our principal manufacturing and distribution facilities are located as set forth below. We believe our manufacturing and
distribution facilities are well-maintained, suitable and adequate, with sufficient productive capacity, to meet our current needs.
Manufacturing (1)
Distribution (1)
Leased
Owned
Total
Leased
Owned
Total
Consumer Brands Group
Africa
1
1
1
1
Asia
3
6
9
3
5
8
Canada
3
3
2
2
Europe
2
17
19
3
13
16
Jamaica
1
1
1
1
Latin America
14
14
7
8
15
United States
6
42
48
13
12
25
Total
11
84
95
28
40
68
Performance Coatings Group
Australia
1
1
Europe
1
8
9
2
4
6
Latin America
1
1
1
1
United States
1
1
Total
1
10
11
3
5
8
(1) Certain locations may contain both manufacturing and distribution facilities.
The operations of the Paint Stores Group included 4,853 company-operated specialty paint stores, of which 206 were owned, in
the United States, Canada, Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Grenada, Trinidad and Tobago, St. Maarten, Jamaica, Curaçao, Aruba,
St. Lucia and Barbados at December 31, 2025. These paint stores are divided into five separate operating divisions based on
their geographical region and are responsible for the sale of predominantly Sherwin-Williams® and other controlled brand
architectural paint and coatings, protective and marine products, OEM product finishes and related products. At the end of
2025:
•
the Mid Western Division operated 1,219 paint stores primarily located in the mid west and upper west coast states;
•
the Eastern Division operated 929 paint stores along the upper east coast and New England states;
•
the Canada Division operated 263 paint stores throughout Canada;
•
the Southeastern Division operated 1,232 paint stores principally covering the lower east and gulf coast states,
Puerto Rico, Virgin Islands, Grenada, Trinidad and Tobago, St. Maarten, Jamaica, Curaçao, Aruba, St. Lucia and
Barbados; and
•
the Southwestern Division operated 1,210 paint stores in the central plains and lower west coast states.
During 2025, the Paint Stores Group opened 80 net new stores, consisting of 83 new stores opened and 3 stores closed.
The Consumer Brands Group operated 307 specialty paint stores in Latin America at December 31, 2025. These stores market
and sell Sherwin-Williams® and other controlled brand architectural paint and coatings, protective and marine products, OEM
product finishes and related products which are branded for the Latin America market. These paint stores are located in Mexico
(190), Chile (47), Ecuador (33), Brazil (26) and Uruguay (11). During 2025, the Consumer Brands Group opened 13 new stores
and closed 40 locations for a net decrease of 27 stores.
18
The Performance Coatings Group operated 218 branches in the United States and 99 branches internationally at December 31,
2025. International locations consisted of branches in Europe (46), Canada (23), Chile (11), Mexico (5), Peru (3), Ecuador (2),
Brazil (2), Thailand (2), Indonesia (2), Vietnam (1), Singapore (1) and China (1). During 2025, the Performance Coatings
Group opened 6 branches and closed 13 branches for a net decrease of 7 branches.
All real property within the Administrative function is owned with the exception of the former global headquarters, former
research and development center and new global headquarters. For further information regarding real property within the
Administrative function, refer to Item 1 and Item 7 of this report, which are incorporated herein by reference.
For further information regarding real property leases, see Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
SEC regulations require disclosure of certain environmental matters when a governmental authority is a party to the
proceedings and such proceedings involve potential monetary sanctions that the Company reasonably believes will exceed a
specified threshold. Pursuant to these regulations, the Company uses a threshold of $1 million for purposes of determining
whether disclosure of any such proceedings is required.
On May 12, 2025, a subsidiary of the Company, The Sherwin-Williams Manufacturing Company (SWM), was served with a
Petition and Application for Injunctive Relief from the State of Texas, through its Attorney General on behalf of the Texas
Commission on Environmental Quality, filed in the District Court of Travis County, Texas, and on January 30, 2026, the State
filed a First Amended Petition and Application for Injunctive Relief (together, the Petition). The Petition alleges that one of
SWM’s Garland, Texas facility’s past operations violated Texas environmental regulations related to air and water emissions,
and includes events related to the fire experienced at that facility on August 8, 2023. The Petition seeks injunctive relief, civil
penalties, reimbursement of response costs, expenses, and attorney fees and costs. SWM denies the violations and claims for
relief as alleged and intends to vigorously defend these claims if SWM is unable to resolve this matter to the mutual satisfaction
of the parties.
For information regarding certain other environmental matters and legal proceedings, see the information included under the
captions titled “Other Long-Term Liabilities” and “Litigation and Other Contingent Liabilities” of “Management’s Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and Notes 1, 10, 11 and 19 to the consolidated financial
statements in Item 8. The information contained in Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements is incorporated herein by
reference.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
19
INFORMATION ABOUT OUR EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
The following is the name, age and position of each of our executive officers and a brief description of their business
experience. Executive officers are generally elected annually by the Board of Directors and hold office until their successors are
elected and qualified or until their earlier death, resignation or removal.
Name
Age
Position
Heidi G. Petz
51
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl
44
Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer
Marlena K. Boyce
47
Senior Vice President – Chief Human Resources Officer
Mary L. Garceau
53
Senior Vice President – Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
James R. Jaye
59
Senior Vice President – Investor Relations and Corporate Communications
J. Paul Lang
49
Senior Vice President – Enterprise Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
Bryan J. Young
50
Senior Vice President – Corporate Strategy and Development
Justin T. Binns
50
President, Global Architectural
Karl J. Jorgenrud
49
President, Global Industrial
Todd D. Rea
51
President, Consumer Brands Group
Colin M. Davie
57
President & General Manager, Global Supply Chain Division, Consumer Brands Group
Ms. Petz has served as Chair of the Board of Directors since January 2025, and as President and Chief Executive Officer since
January 2024. Prior to her current role, Ms. Petz served as President and Chief Operating Officer from March 2022 to January
2024, and President, The Americas Group (now known as the Paint Stores Group) from March 2021 to March 2022, Senior
Vice President, Marketing, The Americas Group from November 2020 to March 2021 and President, Consumer Brands Group
from September 2020 to November 2020. Also within the Consumer Brands Group, Ms. Petz served as President & General
Manager, Retail North America from March 2019 to September 2020 and Senior Vice President, Marketing from June 2017 to
March 2019. Ms. Petz has served as a Director since October 2023 and joined the Company in June 2017 in connection with the
Valspar acquisition.
Mr. Meisenzahl has served as Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer since January 2026. Mr. Meisenzahl
served as Senior Vice President – Finance from May 2023 to January 2026, and as Senior Vice President – Finance
Transformation from March 2021 to May 2023. Prior to that, Mr. Meisenzahl served within the Performance Coatings Group as
Senior Vice President – Financial Excellence Initiatives from August 2020 to March 2021 and as Vice President – Finance,
Industrial Wood Division from March 2018 to August 2020. Mr. Meisenzahl has been employed with the Company since
January 2004.
Ms. Boyce has served as Senior Vice President – Chief Human Resources Officer since October 2025. Ms. Boyce served as
Senior Vice President – Human Resources from January 2025 to October 2025. Prior to that, Ms. Boyce served within the
Performance Coatings Group as Senior Vice President, Human Resources from May 2022 to December 2024, within the
Consumer Brands Group as Senior Vice President, Human Resources from January 2021 to May 2022, and as Vice President,
Human Resources, Industrial Wood Division, Performance Coatings Group from March 2019 to January 2021. Ms. Boyce has
been employed with the Company since October 2008.
Ms. Garceau has served as Senior Vice President – Chief Legal Officer and Secretary since February 2024. Ms. Garceau served
as Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary from August 2017 to February 2024. Ms. Garceau has been employed
with the Company since February 2014.
Mr. Jaye has served as Senior Vice President – Investor Relations and Corporate Communications since June 2019. Mr. Jaye
served as Vice President – Investor Relations from October 2017 to June 2019. Mr. Jaye has been employed with the Company
since October 2017.
Mr. Lang has served as Senior Vice President – Enterprise Finance and Chief Accounting Officer since January 2025. Mr. Lang
served as Vice President – Enterprise Finance, Reporting & Controls from May 2022 to January 2025. Mr. Lang served as Vice
President – Assistant Corporate Controller from August 2019 to May 2022 and Director – External Financial Reporting from
February 2018 until August 2019. Mr. Lang has been employed with the Company since February 2018.
20
Mr. Young has served as Senior Vice President – Corporate Strategy and Development since March 2021. Mr. Young served as
Vice President – Corporate Strategy and Development from June 2017 to March 2021. Mr. Young joined the Company in June
2017 in connection with the Valspar acquisition.
Mr. Binns has served as President, Global Architectural since January 2024. Mr. Binns served as President, Paint Stores Group
from January 2023 to January 2024, President, The Americas Group from March 2022 to January 2023, President, Performance
Coatings Group from November 2020 to March 2022 and President & General Manager, Automotive Finishes Division,
Performance Coatings Group from July 2018 to November 2020. Mr. Binns has been employed with the Company since
August 1997.
Mr. Jorgenrud has served as President, Global Industrial since January 2024. Mr. Jorgenrud served as President, Performance
Coatings Group from March 2022 to January 2024, President & General Manager, General Industrial Division, Performance
Coatings Group from January 2020 to March 2022 and President & General Manager, Protective & Marine Division,
Performance Coatings Group from June 2017 to January 2020. Mr. Jorgenrud joined the Company in June 2017 in connection
with the Valspar acquisition.
Mr. Rea has served as President, Consumer Brands Group since November 2021. Mr. Rea served within the Consumer Brands
Group as President of North America Sales from November 2020 to November 2021, Senior Vice President of Sales, Retail and
National Accounts from November 2019 to November 2020 and Senior Vice President of Sales, Lowe’s Business Unit from
March 2018 to November 2019. Mr. Rea has been employed with the Company since April 1993.
Mr. Davie has served as President & General Manager, Global Supply Chain Division, Consumer Brands Group since January
2024. Mr. Davie served as Senior Vice President and Chief Procurement Officer from March 2022 to January 2024, Senior
Vice President – Purchasing from October 2021 to March 2022, President & General Manager, Industrial Wood Division,
Performance Coatings Group from March 2019 to October 2021 and President & General Manager, Engineered Polymer
Solutions, Performance Coatings Group from June 2017 to March 2019. Mr. Davie joined the Company in June 2017 in
connection with the Valspar acquisition.
21
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND
ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange and traded under the symbol SHW. The number of shareholders
of record at January 31, 2026 was 4,662. The information regarding securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s
equity compensation plans is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is
incorporated by reference into Part III of this report.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The following table sets forth a summary of the Company’s purchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2025.
Period
Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased
Average Price
Paid per
Share
Total Number
of Shares
Purchased as
Part of a Publicly
Announced Plan
Maximum Number
of Shares that
May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plan
October 1 – October 31
Share repurchase program (1)
—
$
—
—
29,975,000
Employee transactions (2)
1,921
$
257.31
—
N/A
November 1 – November 30
Share repurchase program (1)
350,000
$
337.27
350,000
29,625,000
Employee transactions (2)
586
$
340.99
—
N/A
December 1 – December 31
Share repurchase program (1)
—
$
—
—
29,625,000
Employee transactions (2)
1,913
$
333.93
—
N/A
Total
Share repurchase program (1)
350,000
$
337.27
350,000
29,625,000
Employee transactions (2)
4,420
$
301.57
—
N/A
(1)
Shares were purchased through the Company’s publicly announced share repurchase program. The Company had remaining authorization at
December 31, 2025 to purchase 29,625,000 shares. There is no expiration date specified for the program.
(2)
All shares were delivered to satisfy the exercise price and/or tax withholding obligations by employees who exercised stock options or had
restricted stock units vest.
22
Comparison of Cumulative Total Return
The following graph compares the cumulative total shareholder return on the Company’s common stock (NYSE: SHW) with
the cumulative five-year total return of the companies listed on the Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index and an industry peer
group of companies selected on a line-of-business basis. The cumulative five-year total return assumes $100 was invested on
December 31, 2020 in Sherwin-Williams common stock, the S&P 500 and the industry peer group. The cumulative five-year
total return, including reinvestment of dividends, represents the cumulative value through December 31, 2025.
Comparison of Cumulative Five-Year Return
Sherwin-Williams Co.
S&P 500 Index
Industry Peer Group ⁽¹⁾
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
(1) Industry peer group of companies is comprised of the following: Akzo Nobel N.V., Axalta Coating Systems Ltd., BASF SE, Genuine Parts
Company, H.B. Fuller Company, The Home Depot, Inc., Lowe’s Companies, Inc., Masco Corporation, Newell Brands Inc., PPG Industries,
Inc., RPM International Inc. and Stanley Black & Decker, Inc.
ITEM 6. [Reserved]
23
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS
(dollars in millions, except as noted and per share data)
Company Background
The Sherwin-Williams Company, founded in 1866, and its consolidated subsidiaries (collectively, the Company) are engaged in
the development, manufacture, distribution and sale of paint, coatings and related products to professional, industrial,
commercial and retail customers primarily in North and South America with additional operations in the Caribbean region and
throughout Europe, Asia and Australia.
The Company is structured into three reportable segments – Paint Stores Group, Consumer Brands Group and Performance
Coatings Group (collectively, the Reportable Segments) – and an Administrative function, which is representative of the way it
is internally organized for assessing performance and making decisions regarding the allocation of resources. See Note 22 to the
consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on the Company’s Reportable Segments.
Summary
•
Consolidated Net sales increased 2.1% in the year to $23.574 billion
◦
Net sales from stores in the Paint Stores Group open more than twelve calendar months increased 1.7% in the year
•
Diluted net income per share decreased 2.7% to $10.26 per share in the year compared to $10.55 per share in the full
year 2024
◦
Adjusted diluted net income per share increased 0.9% to $11.43 per share in the year compared to $11.33 per
share in the full year 2024
•
Generated Net operating cash of $3.452 billion, or 14.6% of Net sales in the year
Outlook
Sherwin-Williams delivered strong 2025 results driven by solid core performance and a focus on operational discipline despite
continued demand choppiness. Full year Net sales grew to a record level, and gross profit and gross margin expanded. The
Company continued to generate strong cash flow from operations, which was used for investment in capital expenditures,
funding acquisitions and returning cash to shareholders through dividends and repurchases of common stock. Although the
softer-for-longer demand environment is expected to continue in 2026, we have confidence in our differentiated strategy,
Success by Design, that continues to deliver innovative and productive solutions for our customers. Significant opportunities
exist for each business, and we will continue to support our growth strategy by executing initiatives within our enterprise
priorities, including talent, simplification, digitization, supply chain responsiveness and sustainability.
Within the Paint Stores and Consumer Brands groups, we anticipate continued economic pressures to impact customer buying
behavior in 2026. Our investments in sales reps, training and digital tools, coupled with home builder relationships are expected
to drive growth opportunities. The outlook for the Performance Coatings Group is varied by end market and region with an
expectation that the core business remains flat, however, new account wins and favorable business sales mix should drive
growth. At the business unit level, we expect modest growth in Automotive Refinish, Industrial Wood and General Industrial
while Packaging sales are anticipated to be flattish. Coil sales are expected to be slightly negative due to demand softness. As it
relates to consolidated expenses, raw material costs could be impacted by evolving tariff policies. We will continue to monitor
changes and impacts to our operations as we navigate this uncertain environment. We expect these costs and employee-related
expenses to contribute to a low-single digit percentage increase, offset by cost saving simplification efforts across our supply
chain such as capacity and productivity improvements.
Our capital deployment strategy remains balanced and consistent. We have a strong liquidity position, with $207.2 million in
cash and $3.649 billion of unused capacity under our credit facilities at December 31, 2025. We are, and expect to remain, in
compliance with all financing covenants. Long-term debt maturities due in 2026 are $350.1 million, which were fully repaid in
January 2026 with short-term borrowings. With the long-term debt maturities refinanced during 2025 and the interest related to
the delayed draw term loans to fund the Suvinil acquisition, coupled with the incremental interest expense related to the new
global headquarters and research and development center and the higher interest rates used to refinance the long-term debt
maturities due in 2026, Interest expense is expected to increase by approximately $85 million in 2026. We plan to expand our
footprint by opening 80 to 100 new stores in the United States and Canada in 2026, continue to evaluate acquisitions that align
with our strategy and return value to our shareholders through the payment of dividends and repurchases of common stock.
See Item 1A Risk Factors for further information regarding the current and potential impact of general business and
macroeconomic conditions, including inflation rates and interest rates, tariffs, supply chain disruptions, raw material availability
and fluctuations in foreign currency.
24
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis addresses comparisons of material changes in the consolidated financial statements for
the years ended December 31, 2025 and 2024. For comparisons of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, see
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations in Item 7 of the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024 filed on February 20, 2025.
Net Sales
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Currency
Impact
Acquisition
and Divestiture
Impact
Paint Stores Group
$
13,605.9 $
13,188.0 $
417.9
3.2 %
negative0.1) %
0.2 %
Consumer Brands Group
3,166.4
3,108.0
58.4
1.9 %
negative1.1) %
5.3 %
Performance Coatings Group
6,795.2
6,797.3
negative2.1)
— %
0.4 %
1.0 %
Administrative
6.8
5.2
1.6
30.8 %
1.9 %
— %
Total
$
23,574.3 $
23,098.5 $
475.8
2.1 %
negative0.1) %
1.1 %
Consolidated Net sales for 2025 increased 2.1% primarily due to higher Net sales in the Paint Stores and Consumer Brands
Groups. Net sales of all consolidated foreign subsidiaries increased to $4.615 billion in 2025 compared to $4.426 billion in
2024 primarily as a result of the higher Net sales in Latin America due to the October 2025 acquisition of Suvinil, partially
offset by unfavorable foreign currency translation driven by Latin America. Net sales of all operations other than consolidated
foreign subsidiaries increased to $18.959 billion for 2025 compared to $18.673 billion for 2024.
Net sales in the Paint Stores Group increased 3.2% primarily due to selling price increases, which impacted Net sales by a mid-
single digit percentage, partially offset by a low-single digit decrease in sales volume. Net sales from stores in the Paint Stores
Group open for more than twelve calendar months increased 1.7% in the year over the prior year comparable period. During
2025, the Paint Stores Group opened 83 new stores and closed 3 locations for a net increase of 80 stores. The total number of
stores in operation at December 31, 2025 was 4,853 in the United States, Canada and the Caribbean region. The Paint Stores
Group’s objective is to grow sales through the expansion of its store base by an approximate average of 2% each year. Sales of
products other than paint increased 0.5% over last year. A discussion of changes in volume versus pricing for sales of products
other than paint is not pertinent due to the wide assortment of general merchandise sold.
Net sales in the Consumer Brands Group increased 1.9% in 2025 primarily due to the October 2025 acquisition of Suvinil,
which contributed $164.5 million, or 5.3%, partially offset by 1.1% of unfavorable foreign currency translation driven by Latin
America. In 2025, the Consumer Brands Group opened 13 new stores and closed 40 locations for a net decrease of 27 stores.
The total number of stores in operation at December 31, 2025 was 307 in the Latin America region.
Net sales in the Performance Coatings Group were essentially flat in 2025 when compared to 2024 due to an offsetting
favorable impact from acquisitions and foreign currency translation and an unfavorable impact from selling prices attributable
to product mix. In 2025, the Performance Coatings Group opened 6 new branches and closed 13 branches for a net decrease of
7 branches, decreasing the total at December 31, 2025 to 317 branches.
Net sales in the Administrative function, which primarily consists of external leasing revenue, increased by an insignificant
amount in 2025.
25
Income Before Income Taxes
The following table presents the components of Income before income taxes as a percent of Net sales:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
% of Net Sales
% of Net Sales
Net sales
$
23,574.3
100.0 %
$
23,098.5
100.0 %
Cost of goods sold
12,058.8
51.2 %
11,903.4
51.5 %
Gross profit
11,515.5
48.8 %
11,195.1
48.5 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses (SG&A)
7,695.0
32.6 %
7,422.1
32.1 %
Other general (income) expense - net
negative10.2)
— %
negative38.8)
negative0.1) %
Impairment
17.8
0.1 %
—
— %
Interest expense
465.0
1.9 %
415.7
1.8 %
Interest income
negative11.2)
negative0.1) %
negative11.0)
— %
Other expense (income) - net
20.9
0.1 %
negative44.7)
negative 0.2%
Income before income taxes
$
3,338.2
14.2 %
$
3,451.8
14.9 %
Consolidated Cost of goods sold increased $155.4 million, or 1.3% in 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due
to the impact of the October 2025 Suvinil acquisition, partially offset by moderating raw material costs and lower sales volume.
Consolidated Gross profit increased $320.4 million, or 2.9% in 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to
favorable selling prices in the Paint Stores Group, the acquisition of Suvinil within the Consumer Brands Group and moderating
raw material costs, partially offset by unfavorable product mix within the Performance Coatings Group. Consolidated Gross
profit as a percent to consolidated Net sales increased to 48.8% in 2025 from 48.5% in 2024 for these same reasons.
The Paint Stores Group’s Gross profit for 2025 increased $364.2 million compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to
growth in Net sales from favorable selling prices and moderating raw material costs, partially offset by lower sales volume. The
Paint Stores Group’s Gross profit as a percent of Net sales increased for these same reasons. The Consumer Brands Group’s
Gross profit decreased $42.2 million in 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to lower sales volumes and
unfavorable currency translation impact, partially offset by the impact from the October 2025 acquisition of Suvinil. The
Consumer Brands Group’s Gross profit as a percent of Net sales decreased for these same reasons. The Performance Coatings
Group’s Gross profit decreased $38.1 million compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to an unfavorable impact from
selling prices attributable to product mix, partially offset by the impact of acquisitions and favorable foreign currency
translation. The Performance Coatings Group’s Gross profit as a percent of Net sales decreased for these same reasons.
Consolidated SG&A increased by $272.9 million, or 3.7% in 2025 compared to the same period in 2024 primarily due to
investments in long-term growth opportunities in the Paint Stores Group, including expenses to support net new store openings,
costs related to the October 2025 Suvinil acquisition, costs related to the new global headquarters and research and development
(R&D) center buildings, higher employee-related costs and other expenses associated with targeted restructuring actions. As a
percent of Net sales, SG&A increased 50 basis points compared to the same period in 2024 for these same reasons.
The Paint Stores Group’s SG&A increased $183.7 million, or 4.2% for the year primarily due to higher employee-related costs
and investments in long-term growth initiatives, including increased spending from net new store openings and costs to support
higher sales. The Consumer Brands Group’s SG&A increased $32.8 million, or 3.8% for the year primarily due to costs related
to the October 2025 Suvinil acquisition, increased marketing & advertising and higher employee-related costs. The
Performance Coatings Group’s SG&A increased by $3.1 million, or 0.2% for the year primarily due to targeted restructuring
activities and higher employee-related costs. The Administrative function’s SG&A increased $53.3 million, or 7.5% primarily
due to targeted restructuring activities and costs related to the new global headquarters and R&D center buildings.
Other general (income) expense - net decreased by $28.6 million from income of $38.8 million in 2024 to income of $10.2
million in 2025. The change was primarily attributable to a gain recognized in 2024 from insurance recoveries related to
environmental matters at a current manufacturing site. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information.
Impairment of $17.8 million was recorded in 2025 related to restructuring activities which impacted certain trademarks in the
Asia, Latin America and Europe regions. There was no impairment in 2024. For further information on impairment
considerations, see Notes 3 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8.
26
Interest expense increased $49.3 million in 2025 compared to 2024 primarily due to an increase in long-term debt, interest
expense related to the new global headquarters and research and development center which were both placed into service in
2025 and an increase in short-term borrowings primarily to fund the October 2025 acquisition of Suvinil. See Note 7 to the
consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on the Company’s outstanding debt.
Other expense (income) - net changed by $65.6 million from income of $44.7 million in 2024 to expense of $20.9 million in
2025 primarily due to higher foreign currency transaction related losses in 2025 compared to 2024, including impacts from
highly inflationary economies such as Argentina and an immaterial loss recognized in 2025 from a transaction to convert a
foreign currency with limited liquidity to the U.S. dollar. The remaining change is due to miscellaneous other income and
expense, none of which were individually significant. See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information related to Other expense (income) - net.
The following table presents Income before income taxes by segment and as a percent of Net sales by segment:
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
$ Change
% Change
Income Before Income Taxes:
Paint Stores Group
$
3,061.5
$
2,902.6
$
158.9
5.5 %
Consumer Brands Group
509.6
589.9
negative80.3)
negative13.6) %
Performance Coatings Group
942.7
1,027.9
negative85.2)
negative8.3) %
Administrative
negative1,175.6)
negative1,068.6)
negative107.0)
negative10.0) %
Total
$
3,338.2
$
3,451.8
$
negative113.6)
negative3.3) %
Income Before Income Taxes as a percent of Net sales:
Paint Stores Group
22.5 %
22.0 %
Consumer Brands Group
16.1 %
19.0 %
Performance Coatings Group
13.9 %
15.1 %
Administrative
nm
nm
Total
14.2 %
14.9 %
nm - not meaningful
Income Tax Expense
The effective income tax rate for 2025 was 23.1% compared to 22.3% in 2024. The increase in the effective rate was primarily
due to less favorable impacts of tax benefits related to employee share-based payments. The other significant components of the
Company’s effective tax rate were consistent year-over-year. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for
further information.
Net Income Per Share
Diluted net income per share for 2025 decreased to $10.26 per share from $10.55 per share in 2024. Currency translation rate
changes decreased diluted net income per share by $0.06 per share in 2025. Diluted net income per share in 2025 included
acquisition-related amortization expense of $0.78 per share, severance and other restructuring expenses of $0.34 per share, and
impairment related to trademarks of $0.05 per share. Diluted net income per share for 2024 included acquisition-related
amortization expense of $0.78 per share. See Notes 1, 6 and 21 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information.
27
FINANCIAL CONDITION, LIQUIDITY AND CASH FLOW
Overview
The Company’s financial condition, liquidity and cash flow remained strong in 2025. The Company generated $3.452 billion in
Net operating cash and invested approximately $1.15 billion in the acquisition of Suvinil and $797.6 million in capital
expenditures. Cash of $2.446 billion was returned to shareholders in the form of cash dividends and share repurchases during
the year.
During 2025, the Company generated Net income of $2.569 billion, EBITDA of $4.480 billion and Adjusted EBITDA of
$4.609 billion. See the Non-GAAP Financial Measures section for the definitions and calculations of EBITDA and Adjusted
EBITDA. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had Cash and cash equivalents of $207.2 million and total debt outstanding
of $10.871 billion. Total debt, net of Cash and cash equivalents, was $10.664 billion and was 2.4 times the Company’s
EBITDA in 2025.
Net Working Capital
Net working capital, defined as Total current assets less Total current liabilities, increased $495.0 million to a deficit of $912.9
million at December 31, 2025 compared to a deficit of $1.408 billion at December 31, 2024. The net working capital increase is
primarily due to an increase in current assets, particularly Accounts receivable, net and Other current assets and a decrease in
the Current portion of long-term debt, partially offset by an increase in Short-term borrowings and Accounts payable.
Current asset balances increased $606.6 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 primarily due to an
increase in Accounts receivable, net of $402.4 million, an increase in Other current assets of $177.3 million, primarily related to
prepaid expenses and recoverable income taxes, and an increase in Inventories of $30.1 million. These increases were offset by
a decrease in Cash and cash equivalents of $3.2 million.
Current liability balances increased $111.6 million at December 31, 2025 compared to December 31, 2024 primarily due to an
increase in Short-term borrowings of $538.1 million, an increase in Other accruals of $148.7 million primarily related to
increases in liabilities related to customer considerations, accrued severance, current portion of non-traded investments and
miscellaneous other accruals, partially offset by a decrease in insurance payables, an increase in Accounts payable of $101.0
million, an increase in Current portion of operating lease liabilities of $13.2 million and an increase in Accrued taxes of $13.1
million. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in the Current portion of long-term debt of $699.1 million.
As a result of the net effect of these changes, the Company’s current ratio increased to 0.87 at December 31, 2025 from 0.79 at
December 31, 2024. Accounts receivable as a percent of Net sales increased to 11.8% in 2025 from 10.3% in 2024. Accounts
receivable days outstanding was 62 days in 2025 and 58 days in 2024. In 2025, the allowance for current expected credit losses
increased $2.1 million, or 3.5%. Inventories as a percent of Net sales decreased to 9.8% in 2025 from 9.9% in 2024. Inventory
days outstanding was 88 days in 2025 compared to 93 days in 2024. The Company has sufficient total available borrowing
capacity to fund its current operating needs.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, net increased $604.2 million to $4.137 billion at December 31, 2025 primarily due to capital
expenditures of $745.9 million, assets acquired through business combinations of $153.7 million and foreign currency
translation and other adjustments of $44.9 million, offset by depreciation expense of $340.3 million.
Buildings within Property, plant and equipment, net increased by $1.491 billion in the twelve months since December 31, 2024
primarily due to the new global headquarters and the R&D center meeting the criteria to be placed into service during 2025. An
immaterial amount of capital expenditures related to finalizing the construction of the new global headquarters and R&D center
will be placed into service during 2026. The new global headquarters and associated parking garage assets are depreciated over
their useful lives of 60 and 45 years, respectively. Additionally, the R&D center asset is depreciated over its useful life of 60
years.
Also included in 2025 capital expenditures were expenditures related to manufacturing capacity expansion, operational
efficiencies and maintenance projects in the Consumer Brands and Performance Coatings Groups and the opening of new paint
stores and renovation and improvements in existing stores in the Paint Stores Group.
In 2026, the Company expects to spend less than 2025 for capital expenditures, which it will fund primarily through the
generation of operating cash. Core capital expenditures are targeted to be approximately 2% of Net sales in 2026 and are
expected to be for investments in various productivity improvement and maintenance projects at existing manufacturing,
distribution and research and development facilities and new store openings.
28
Real Estate Financing
In December 2022, the Company closed a transaction to sell and subsequently lease back its new global headquarters. This
transaction did not meet the criteria for recognition as an asset sale under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (US
GAAP) and as such, was accounted for as a real estate financing transaction. The Company received the final proceeds for the
new global headquarters in 2025 for a total of $800 million. The initial lease term includes the construction period and extends
for 30 years thereafter, and the Company has the right and option to extend the lease term. Lease payments over the next twelve
months are expected to be approximately $51 million. The amount of the lease payments during the initial 30 year lease term is
estimated to be approximately $1.938 billion. Refer to the Contractual and Other Obligations and Commercial Commitments
section below for further information on the Company’s obligations.
The following table summarizes the activity related to this transaction and the corresponding balances recognized in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets.
2025
2024
Activity:
Proceeds received
$
40.9
$
244.2
Capitalized interest
37.2
45.2
Balances:
Short-term liability
$
51.0
$
49.7
Long-term liability
762.0
715.9
Total liability
$
813.0
$
765.6
The net proceeds from this transaction and other real estate financing transactions are recognized as Proceeds from real estate
financing transactions within the Financing Activities section of the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows. The Company will
continue to recognize the related assets, including any capitalized interest, within Property, plant and equipment, net on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets. These assets are subject to depreciation over their useful lives in accordance with the Company’s
accounting policies. The Company will also allocate payments between interest and repayment of the financing liability over
the life of the agreement. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements within Item 8 for further information.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill, which represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations, increased
$456.5 million to $8.037 billion at December 31, 2025, due to purchase accounting allocations of $306.8 million, primarily
related to the Suvinil acquisition, and foreign currency translation rate fluctuations and other adjustments of $149.7 million.
Intangible assets increased $432.9 million to $3.966 billion at December 31, 2025 due to purchase price accounting allocations
of $643.4 million, primarily related to the Suvinil acquisition, foreign currency translation rate fluctuations and other
adjustments of $104.0 million and capitalization of software of $39.9 million, offset by amortization of finite-lived intangible
assets of $336.6 million and trademark impairment of $17.8 million.
See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information related to acquisitions. See Note 6 to the
consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a description of goodwill, identifiable intangible assets, asset impairments and
summaries of the remaining carrying values of goodwill and intangible assets.
Other Assets
Other assets increased $127.5 million to $1.759 billion at December 31, 2025. The increase was primarily due to an increase in
non-traded investments and pension plan assets. See Notes 1 and 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information.
Debt (including Short-term borrowings)
December 31,
2025
December 31,
2024
Long-term debt
$
9,670.8
$
9,226.0
Short-term borrowings
1,200.5
662.4
Total debt outstanding
$
10,871.3
$
9,888.4
29
Total debt outstanding, including Short-term borrowings, increased by $982.9 million to $10.871 billion in 2025. Short-term
borrowings are primarily comprised of amounts outstanding under the Company’s domestic commercial paper program,
delayed draw term loans and various foreign credit facilities. The Company’s Long-term debt primarily consists of senior notes.
The Company targets Net debt, which is total debt outstanding, net of Cash and cash equivalents, to be 2.0 to 2.5 times
EBITDA. At December 31, 2025, Net debt was $10.664 billion and was 2.4 times the Company’s EBITDA in 2025. See the
Non-GAAP Financial Measures section for the definition and calculation of EBITDA.
The Company’s available capacity under its committed credit agreements is reduced for amounts outstanding under its domestic
commercial paper program and letters of credit. At December 31, 2025, the Company had unused capacity under its various
credit agreements of $3.649 billion.
See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a detailed description and summary of the Company’s
outstanding debt, short-term borrowings and other available financing programs.
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
In accordance with the accounting prescribed by the Retirement Benefits Topic of the ASC, the Company’s total liability for
unfunded or underfunded defined benefit pension plans increased $15.5 million to $83.3 million primarily due to changes in
actuarial assumptions and the acquisition of a Suvinil defined benefit pension plan. The Company’s liability for domestic other
postretirement benefits decreased $9.5 million to $125.6 million at December 31, 2025 primarily due to benefits paid and
changes in actuarial assumptions.
The assumed discount rate used to determine the projected benefit obligation for the domestic defined benefit pension plan
decreased to 5.7% at December 31, 2025 from 5.8% at December 31, 2024. The assumed discount rate used to determine the
projected benefit obligation for foreign defined benefit pension plans of 5.5% remained substantially the same at December 31,
2025 and December 31, 2024. The assumed discount rate used to determine the benefit obligation for domestic other
postretirement benefit obligations decreased to 5.4% at December 31, 2025 from 5.6% at December 31, 2024.
In determining the rates of compensation increases, management considered historical Company increases as well as
expectations for future increases. The rate of compensation increases used to determine the projected benefit obligation at
December 31, 2025 was 3.0% for the domestic pension plan and 3.2% for foreign pension plans, which was comparable to the
rates used in the prior year.
In establishing the expected long-term rate of return on plan assets, management considered the historical rates of return, the
nature of investments and an expectation for future investment strategies. The expected long-term rate of return on assets for the
domestic defined benefit pension plan was 6.0% and 6.5% at December 31, 2025 and 2024, respectively. The expected long-
term rate of return on assets for the foreign defined benefit pension plans was 5.1% and 4.8% at December 31, 2025 and 2024,
respectively.
In developing the assumed health care cost trend rates, management considered industry data, historical Company experience
and expectations for future health care costs. The assumed health care cost trend rates used to determine the benefit obligation
for domestic other postretirement benefit obligations at December 31, 2025 were 6.0% and 11.0% for medical and prescription
drug cost increases, respectively, both decreasing gradually to 4.5% in 2034. The assumed health care cost trend rates for
medical and prescription costs used to determine the benefit obligation for domestic other postretirement benefit obligations at
December 31, 2024 were 6.5% and 11.8%, respectively.
The respective year-end assumptions described above for the Company’s defined benefit plans are also used to determine
expense for the next year. Net pension (credit) cost in 2026 for the domestic pension plan and foreign pension plans is expected
to be approximately $(3.2) million and $6.1 million, respectively. Net periodic benefit cost in 2026 for domestic other
postretirement benefits is expected to be approximately $2.6 million.
Employees and their eligible dependents in certain consolidated foreign subsidiaries of the Company are eligible for health care
benefits upon retirement, subject to the terms of the plans, and are recorded as other postretirement benefits. The associated
benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.
See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on the Company’s obligations and funded
status of its defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefits.
30
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred income taxes at December 31, 2025 increased $157.8 million to $765.3 million primarily due to provisions of the One
Big Beautiful Bill Act signed into law in 2025 which allows for the immediate expensing of certain domestic capital
expenditures and domestic research and development costs, and the ability to accelerate previously capitalized domestic
research and development costs, partially offset by the amortization of intangible assets in the current year. See Note 20 to the
consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on deferred taxes.
Other Long-Term Liabilities
Other long-term liabilities increased $266.4 million to $2.576 billion at December 31, 2025 primarily due to liabilities
associated with net investment hedges, commitments related to non-traded investments and real estate financing. See Notes 1, 9,
10 and 16 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.
Environmental-Related Liabilities
The operations of the Company, like those of other companies in its industry, are subject to various domestic and foreign
environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations not only govern current operations and products, but also
impose potential liability on the Company for past operations. Management expects environmental laws and regulations to
impose increasingly stringent requirements upon the Company and the industry in the future. Management believes that the
Company conducts its operations in compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations and requirements and has
implemented various programs designed to help protect the environment and promote continued compliance.
Depreciation of capital expenditures and other expenses related to ongoing environmental compliance measures were included
in the normal operating expenses of conducting business. The Company’s capital expenditures, depreciation and other expenses
related to ongoing environmental compliance measures were not material to the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, cash
flow or results of operations during 2025. Management does not expect that such capital expenditures, depreciation and other
expenses will be material to the Company’s financial condition, liquidity, cash flow or results of operations in 2026. See Note
10 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on environmental-related liabilities.
Contractual and Other Obligations and Commercial Commitments
The Company has certain obligations and commitments to make future payments under contractual and other obligations and
commercial commitments. The Company believes that cash generated from operating activities and borrowings available under
long-term and short-term debt, including its committed credit agreements and commercial paper program, will be sufficient for
it to meet its contractual and other obligations and commercial commitments. The following tables summarize such obligations
and commitments as of December 31, 2025.
Payments Due by Period
Contractual and Other Obligations
Total
Less Than
1 Year
1–3 Years
3–5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Long-term debt
$
9,750.1
$
350.1
$
2,400.0
$
1,800.0
$
5,200.0
Interest on Long-term debt
3,759.3
293.9
487.3
404.8
2,573.3
Operating leases
2,342.0
558.9
856.0
492.9
434.2
Finance leases
648.7
11.9
17.6
18.5
600.7
Short-term borrowings
1,200.5
1,200.5
Real estate financing transactions
2,058.1
66.7
137.4
141.8
1,712.2
Purchase obligations (1)
382.6
382.6
Other contractual obligations (2)
792.9
125.0
229.4
187.4
251.1
Total contractual cash obligations
$
20,934.2
$
2,989.6
$
4,127.7
$
3,045.4
$
10,771.5
(1)
Relates to open purchase orders for raw materials at December 31, 2025.
(2)
Relates primarily to estimated future capital contributions for investments in the U.S. affordable housing and historic renovation real estate
partnerships and various other contractual obligations.
31
Amount of Commitment Expiration Per Period
Commercial Commitments
Total
Less Than
1 Year
1–3 Years
3–5 Years
More Than
5 Years
Standby letters of credit
$
129.8
$
129.8
Surety bonds
215.0
215.0
Total commercial commitments
$
344.8
$
344.8
$
—
$
—
$
—
Warranties
The Company offers product warranties for certain products. The specific terms and conditions of such warranties vary
depending on the product or customer contract requirements. Management estimated the costs of unsettled product warranty
claims based on historical results and experience and included an amount in Other accruals. Management periodically assesses
the adequacy of the accrual for product warranty claims and adjusts the accrual as necessary. Changes in the Company’s accrual
for product warranty claims during 2025 and 2024, including customer satisfaction settlements during the year, were as follows:
2025
2024
Balance at January 1
$
46.4
$
40.4
Charges to expense
29.3
34.2
Settlements
negative18.4)
negative28.2)
Balance at December 31
$
57.3
$
46.4
Shareholders’ Equity
Shareholders’ equity increased $547.1 million to $4.598 billion at December 31, 2025 from $4.051 billion last year. The
increase was primarily attributable to the generation of $2.569 billion of Net income, benefits from stock option exercises and
the recognition of stock-based compensation expense of $242.9 million and a decrease in Accumulated other comprehensive
income (loss) of $240.8 million mainly due to foreign currency translation adjustments. These increases were partially offset by
the repurchase of $1.656 billion in Treasury stock and the payment of $789.8 million in cash dividends. During the fourth
quarter of 2025, the Company retired 29.5 million common stock shares held in treasury stock, which resulted in decreases of
Common stock, Other capital, Retained earnings and Treasury stock of $9.9 million, $578.5 million, $7.996 billion, and $8.584
billion, respectively. See the Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity and Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive
Income in Item 8 for further information.
The Company purchased 4.8 million shares of its common stock for treasury purposes through open market purchases during
2025. The Company acquires its common stock for general corporate purposes, and depending on its cash position and market
conditions, it may acquire shares in the future. The Company had remaining authorization from its Board of Directors at
December 31, 2025 to purchase 29.6 million shares of its common stock.
The Company’s 2025 annual cash dividend of $3.16 per share represented 30% of 2024 diluted net income per share. The 2025
annual dividend represented the 47th consecutive year of increased dividend payments. On January 26, 2026, the Board of
Directors increased the quarterly cash dividend to $0.80 per share. This quarterly dividend, if approved in each of the remaining
quarters of 2026, would result in an annual dividend for 2026 of $3.20 per share, or a 31% payout of 2025 diluted net income
per share.
Cash Flow
Net operating cash increased $298.4 million in 2025 to a cash source of $3.452 billion from a cash source of $3.153 billion in
2024 primarily due to an increase in Deferred income taxes and lower cash requirements for working capital, partially offset by
lower Net income. Net operating cash increased as a percent of Net sales to 14.6% in 2025 compared to 13.7% in 2024.
Net investing cash usage increased $870.0 million to a usage of $2.066 billion in 2025 from a usage of $1.196 billion in 2024
primarily due to an increase in cash used for the Suvinil acquisition in the current year, partially offset by a decrease in capital
expenditures. See Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information on acquisitions.
Net financing cash usage decreased $638.5 million to a usage of $1.379 billion in 2025 from a usage of $2.017 billion in 2024.
This decrease was primarily due to proceeds from long-term debt, an increase in short-term borrowings in 2025 and a lower
amount of treasury stock repurchased, partially offset by lower proceeds from real estate financing transactions related to the
new global headquarters and lower proceeds from stock options exercised.
32
In the normal course of business, the Company may receive proceeds related to claims for incurred damages under its insurance
policies. No amounts have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements for any insurance proceeds that have not been
received as of the balance sheet date and any future recoveries are indeterminable at this time.
Market Risk
The Company is exposed to market risk associated with interest rates, foreign currency and commodity fluctuations. The
Company occasionally utilizes derivative instruments as part of its overall financial risk management policy, but does not use
derivative instruments for speculative or trading purposes. In 2025 and 2024, the Company utilized U.S. dollar to euro cross
currency swap contracts to hedge the Company’s net investment in its European operations. The contracts have been designated
as net investment hedges and have various maturity dates. In addition, the Company entered into forward foreign currency
exchange contracts during 2025 and 2024 primarily to hedge value changes in foreign currency. There were no material
contracts outstanding at December 31, 2025. Lastly, the Company entered into interest rate lock contracts in 2025 to hedge the
variability in the benchmark interest rate for the 2025 issuance of long-term fixed rate debt. The contracts were designated as
cash flow hedges and settled in 2025. See Notes 1, 16 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information on the use of derivative instruments. The Company believes it may experience losses from foreign currency
translation and transactions, interest rate movement and commodity price fluctuations. However, the Company does not expect
foreign currency translation or transactions, interest rate movement, commodity price fluctuations or hedging contract losses to
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Financial Covenant
Certain borrowings contain a consolidated leverage covenant. The covenant states the Company’s consolidated leverage ratio is
not to exceed 3.75 to 1.00; however, the Company may elect to temporarily increase the leverage ratio to 4.25 to 1.00 for a
period of four consecutive fiscal quarters immediately following the consummation of a qualifying acquisition, as defined in the
credit agreement dated July 31, 2024. The leverage ratio is defined as the ratio of total indebtedness (the sum of Short-term
borrowings, Current portion of long-term debt and Long-term debt) at the reporting date to consolidated “Earnings Before
Interest, Taxes, Depreciation and Amortization” (EBITDA), as defined in the credit agreement, for the 12-month period ended
on the same date. Refer to the “Non-GAAP Financial Measures” section for a reconciliation of EBITDA to Net income. At
December 31, 2025, the Company was in compliance with the covenant and expects to remain in compliance. The Company’s
notes, debentures and revolving credit agreements contain various default and cross-default provisions. In the event of default
under any one of these arrangements, acceleration of the maturity of any one or more of these borrowings may result. See Note
7 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information.
Defined Contribution Savings Plan
Participants in the Company’s defined contribution savings plan are allowed to contribute up to the lesser of fifty percent of
their annual compensation or the maximum dollar amount allowed under the Internal Revenue Code. The Company matches
one hundred percent of all contributions up to six percent of eligible employee contributions and additionally, may elect to
make discretionary contributions. The Company’s matching and discretionary contributions to the defined contribution savings
plan charged to operations were $184.2 million in 2025 compared to $165.1 million in 2024. At December 31, 2025, there were
14,886,577 shares of the Company’s common stock being held by the defined contribution savings plan, representing 6.0% of
the total number of voting shares outstanding. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information concerning the Company’s defined contribution savings plan.
33
NON-GAAP FINANCIAL MEASURES
Management utilizes certain financial measures that are not in accordance with US GAAP to analyze and manage the
performance of the business. The required disclosures for these non-GAAP measures are shown below. The Company provides
such non-GAAP information in reporting its financial results to give investors additional data to evaluate the Company’s
operations. Management does not, nor does it suggest investors should, consider such non-GAAP measures in isolation from, or
in substitution for, financial information prepared in accordance with US GAAP.
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA
EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as Net income before income taxes, Interest expense, depreciation and
amortization. Adjusted EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as EBITDA that excludes certain adjustments that
management believes enhances investors’ understanding of the Company’s operating performance. Management considers
EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA useful in understanding the operating performance of the Company. The reader is cautioned
that the Company’s EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be compared to other entities unknowingly. Further, EBITDA
and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered alternatives to Net income as an indicator of operating performance. The
reader should refer to the determination of Net income in accordance with US GAAP disclosed in the Statements of
Consolidated Income in Item 8.
The following table reconciles Net income computed in accordance with US GAAP to EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA as
calculated by management for the years indicated below:
2025
2024
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
Interest expense
465.0
415.7
Income taxes
769.7
770.4
Depreciation
340.3
297.4
Amortization
336.6
326.6
EBITDA
4,480.1
4,491.5
Severance and other restructuring expenses
111.0
—
Trademark impairment
17.8
—
Adjusted EBITDA
$
4,608.9
$
4,491.5
Free Cash Flow After Dividends
Free cash flow after dividends is a non-GAAP financial measure defined as Net operating cash, as shown in the Statements of
Consolidated Cash Flows, less the amount reinvested in the business for capital expenditures and the return on investment to its
shareholders by the payments of cash dividends. Management considers Free cash flow after dividends to be a useful tool in its
determination of appropriate uses of the Company’s Net operating cash. The reader is cautioned that the Free cash flow after
dividends measure should not be compared to other entities unknowingly as it may not be comparable and it does not consider
certain non-discretionary cash flows, such as mandatory debt and interest payments. The amount shown below should not be
considered an alternative to Net operating cash or other cash flow amounts provided in accordance with US GAAP as disclosed
in the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows in Item 8.
The following table summarizes Free cash flow after dividends as calculated by management for the years indicated below:
2025
2024
Net operating cash
$
3,451.6 $
3,153.2
Capital expenditures
negative797.6)
negative1,070.0)
Cash dividends
negative789.8)
negative723.4)
Free cash flow after dividends
$
1,864.2 $
1,359.8
34
Adjusted Diluted Net Income Per Share
Management believes investors’ understanding of the Company’s operating performance is enhanced by the disclosure of
diluted net income per share excluding Valspar acquisition-related amortization expense and certain other adjustments. Valspar
acquisition-related amortization expense is excluded from diluted net income per share due to its significance as a result of the
purchase price assigned to finite-lived intangible assets at the date of acquisition and the related impact on underlying business
performance and trends. While these intangible assets contribute to the Company’s revenue generation, the related revenue is
not excluded. This adjusted earnings per share measurement is not in accordance with US GAAP. It should not be considered a
substitute for earnings per share in accordance with US GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported
by other companies. The following tables reconcile diluted net income per share computed in accordance with US GAAP to
adjusted diluted net income per share.
Year Ended
December 31, 2025
Pre-Tax
Tax
Effect (1)
After-Tax
Diluted net income per share
$
10.26
Acquisition-related amortization expense (2)
$
1.03
$
.25
.78
Severance and other restructuring expenses
.44
.10
.34
Trademark impairment
.07
.02
.05
Adjusted diluted net income per share
$
11.43
Year Ended
December 31, 2024
Pre-Tax
Tax
Effect (1)
After-Tax
Diluted net income per share
$
10.55
Acquisition-related amortization expense (2)
$
1.02
$
.24
.78
Adjusted diluted net income per share
$
11.33
(1) The tax effect is calculated based on the statutory rate and the nature of the item, unless otherwise noted.
(2) Acquisition-related amortization expense, which is included within Selling, general and administrative expenses,
consists of the amortization of intangible assets related to the Valspar acquisition. These intangible assets are primarily
customer relationships and intellectual property and are being amortized over their remaining useful lives.
35
Adjusted Segment Profit
Management believes investors’ understanding of the Company’s operating performance is enhanced by the disclosure of
Segment profit excluding Valspar acquisition-related amortization expense and certain other adjustments. Valspar acquisition-
related amortization expense is excluded from Segment profit due to its significance as a result of the purchase price assigned to
finite-lived intangible assets at the date of acquisition and the related impact on underlying business performance and trends.
While these intangible assets contribute to the Company’s revenue generation, the related revenue is not excluded. This
Adjusted segment profit measurement is not in accordance with US GAAP. It should not be considered a substitute for Segment
profit in accordance with US GAAP and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. The
following tables reconcile Segment profit computed in accordance with US GAAP to Adjusted segment profit.
Year Ended December 31, 2025
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Total
Net sales
$ 13,605.9
$
3,166.4
$
6,795.2
$
6.8
$ 23,574.3
Income before income taxes
$
3,061.5
$
509.6
$
942.7
ne
gative $1,175.6 $
3,338.2
Percent to Net sales
22.5 %
16.1 %
13.9 %
nm
14.2 %
Acquisition-related amortization expense (1)
62.0
196.3
258.3
Severance and other restructuring expenses
39.1
17.9
54.0
111.0
Trademark impairment
17.8
17.8
Adjusted segment profit
$
3,061.5
$
610.7
$
1,174.7
$
negative1,121.6) $
3,725.3
Percent to Net sales
22.5 %
19.3 %
17.3 %
nm
15.8 %
Year Ended December 31, 2024
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Total
Net sales
$ 13,188.0
$
3,108.0
$
6,797.3
$
5.2
$ 23,098.5
Income before income taxes
$
2,902.6
$
589.9
$
1,027.9
$
negative1,068.6) $
3,451.8
Percent to Net sales
22.0 %
19.0 %
15.1 %
nm
14.9 %
Acquisition-related amortization expense (1)
63.8
196.3
260.1
Adjusted segment profit
$
2,902.6
$
653.7
$
1,224.2
ne
gative $1,068.6 $
3,711.9
Percent to Net sales
22.0 %
21.0 %
18.0 %
nm
16.1 %
nm - not meaningful
(1) Acquisition-related amortization expense, which is included within Selling, general and administrative expenses, consists of the amortization of
intangible assets related to the Valspar acquisition. These intangible assets are primarily customer relationships and intellectual property and are
being amortized over their remaining useful lives.
36
CRITICAL ACCOUNTING POLICIES AND ESTIMATES
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with US GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions
that affect amounts reported in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. These determinations were made based
upon management’s best estimates, judgments and assumptions that were believed to be reasonable under the circumstances,
giving due consideration to materiality. We do not believe there is a great likelihood that materially different amounts would be
reported under different conditions or using different assumptions related to the critical accounting policies and estimates
described below. However, application of these critical accounting policies and estimates involves the exercise of judgment and
use of assumptions as to future uncertainties and as a result, actual results could differ from these estimates.
All of the significant accounting policies that were followed in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are
disclosed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8. Management believes that the following critical
accounting policies and estimates have a significant impact on our consolidated financial statements.
Inventories
In accordance with the Inventory Topic of the ASC, inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined
principally on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method based on inventory quantities and costs determined during the fourth quarter
and market representing current replacement cost, which is the cost to purchase or reproduce the inventory. Market shall not
exceed net realizable value and shall not be less than net realizable value reduced by an allowance for an approximately normal
profit margin. Inventory quantities are adjusted throughout the year as formal cycle counts are completed, or during the fourth
quarter as a result of annual physical inventory counts. If inventories accounted for on the LIFO method are reduced on a year-
over-year basis, then liquidation of certain quantities carried at costs prevailing in prior years occurs. Management records an
estimate of the lower of cost or market whenever the utility of inventory is impaired by damage, deterioration, obsolescence,
changes in price levels or other causes based on historical experience and current trends through reductions to inventory cost by
recording a provision included in Cost of goods sold. If management estimates that the reasonable market value is below cost or
determines that future demand was lower than current inventory levels, based on historical experience, current and projected
market demand, current and projected volume trends and other relevant current and projected factors associated with the current
economic conditions, a reduction in inventory cost to current market price is provided for in the reserve for obsolescence. See
Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information regarding the impact of the LIFO inventory
valuation and the reserve for obsolescence.
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
In accordance with the Goodwill and Other Intangibles Topic of the ASC, management performs impairment tests of goodwill
and indefinite-lived intangible assets on an annual basis, as well as whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that
indicate impairment has occurred on a more likely than not basis. An optional qualitative assessment allows companies to
forego the annual quantitative test if it is not more likely than not that impairment has occurred based on monitoring key
Company financial performance metrics and macroeconomic conditions. The qualitative assessment is performed when deemed
appropriate.
Management tests goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level. Per the Segment Reporting Topic of the ASC, a reporting
unit is an operating segment or one level below the operating segment (component level) as determined by the availability of
discrete financial information that is regularly reviewed by operating segment management or an aggregate of component levels
of an operating segment having similar economic characteristics. At the time of goodwill impairment testing (if performing a
quantitative assessment), management determines fair value through the use of a discounted cash flow valuation model
incorporating discount rates commensurate with the risks involved for each reporting unit. If the calculated fair value is less
than the current carrying value, the difference represents the amount of impairment attributable to the reporting unit. The use of
a discounted cash flow valuation model to determine estimated fair value is common practice in impairment testing. The key
assumptions used in the discounted cash flow valuation model for impairment testing include a discount rate, growth rates, cash
flow projections and a terminal value rate. Discount rates are set by using the Weighted Average Cost of Capital (WACC)
methodology. The WACC methodology considers market and industry data as well as Company-specific risk factors for each
reporting unit in determining the appropriate discount rate to be used. The discount rate utilized for each reporting unit is
indicative of the return an investor would expect to receive for investing in such a business. Management, considering industry
and Company-specific historical and projected data, develops growth rates, sales projections and cash flow projections for each
reporting unit. Terminal value rate determination follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual
cash flow estimates beyond the last projected period assuming a constant WACC and a long-term growth rate. As an indicator
that each reporting unit has been valued appropriately through the use of the discounted cash flow valuation model, the
aggregate of all reporting units’ fair value is reconciled to the total market capitalization of the Company within a reasonable
and supportable control premium.
37
The Company had seven components, some of which are aggregated due to similar economic characteristics, to form three
reporting units (also the reportable operating segments) with goodwill as of October 1, 2025, the date of the annual impairment
test. The Company performed the optional qualitative impairment test as of October 1, 2025, and determined that there was no
indication of impairment on a more likely than not basis in the Company’s reporting units.
Management tests indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment at the asset level, as determined by appropriate asset
valuations at acquisition. Management utilizes the royalty savings method to determine the estimated fair value for each
indefinite-lived intangible asset or trademark. In this method, management estimates the royalty savings arising from the
ownership of the intangible asset. The key assumptions used in estimating the royalty savings for impairment testing include a
discount rate, a royalty rate, growth rates, sales projections, a terminal value rate and to a lesser extent, a tax rate. The discount
rate used is similar to the rate developed by the WACC methodology considering any differences in Company-specific risk
factors between reporting units and trademarks. The royalty rate is established by management and valuation experts and
periodically substantiated by valuation experts. Management, considering industry and Company-specific historical and
projected data, develops growth rates and sales projections for each significant trademark. Terminal value rate determination
follows common methodology of capturing the present value of perpetual sales estimates beyond the last projected period
assuming a constant WACC and a long-term growth rate. The royalty savings valuation methodology and calculations used in
2025 impairment testing are consistent with prior years. The Company performed the optional qualitative impairment test as of
October 1, 2025, and determined that there was indication of impairment on a more likely than not basis in certain of the
Company’s trademarks. The quantitative impairment tests performed as of October 1, 2025 resulted in $17.8 million of
trademark impairment in the Performance Coatings Group primarily related to restructuring activities which impacted certain
trademarks in the Asia, Latin America and Europe regions. No other impairments or risks for impairment were identified as a
result of this review.
The discounted cash flow and royalty savings valuation methodologies require management to make certain assumptions based
upon information available at the time the valuations are performed from the perspective of a market participant. See Note 6 to
the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a discussion of goodwill and intangible assets and the impairment tests
performed in accordance with the Goodwill and Other Intangibles Topic of the ASC.
Valuation of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the ASC, if events or changes in circumstances indicate that the
carrying value of long-lived assets, including operating and finance lease right-of-use assets, may not be recoverable or the
useful life has changed, impairment tests are performed or the useful life is adjusted. Undiscounted cash flows are used to
calculate the recoverable value of long-lived assets to determine if such assets are recoverable. If the carrying value of the assets
is deemed to not be recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is the amount by which the carrying value of the assets
exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets as determined in accordance with the Fair Value Topic of the ASC. If the
usefulness of an asset is determined to be impaired, an updated useful life is assessed based on the period of time for projected
use of the asset. Fair value approaches and changes in useful life are based on certain assumptions and information available at
the time the valuation or determination is performed. Management believes the assumptions used are reflective of what a
market participant would have used in calculating fair value or useful life considering the current economic conditions. As of
October 1, 2025, the Company performed an analysis and determined that there were no events or changes in circumstances to
suggest the carrying value of each long-lived asset group is not recoverable and therefore, no further impairment tests were
performed. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for a discussion of the reductions in carrying value or
useful life of long-lived assets in accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the ASC.
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
To determine the Company’s ultimate obligation under its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans,
management estimates the future cost of benefits and attributes that cost to the time period during which each covered employee
works. To determine the obligations of the benefit plans, management uses actuaries to calculate such amounts using key
assumptions which include discount rates, inflation rates, long-term investment returns, mortality, employee turnover, rate of
compensation increases and medical and prescription drug costs. Management reviews all of these assumptions on an ongoing
basis to ensure that the most current information available is considered. An increase or decrease in the assumptions or
economic events outside management’s control could have a direct impact on the Company’s results of operations or financial
condition.
In accordance with the Retirement Benefits Topic of the ASC, the Company recognizes each plan’s funded status as an asset for
overfunded plans and as a liability for unfunded or underfunded plans. Actuarial gains and losses and prior service costs and
credits are recognized and recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI). The amounts recorded in
AOCI will continue to be modified as actuarial assumptions and service costs change, and all such amounts will be amortized to
Net income over a period of years through the net pension and net periodic benefit costs. Based on facts and circumstances, the
38
expense amounts recorded in AOCI can also have accelerated amortization due to certain plan changes, including those that
result in a curtailment. See Note 8 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information concerning the
Company’s defined benefit pension plans and other postretirement benefit plans.
Environmental Matters
The Company is involved with environmental investigation and remediation activities at some of its currently and formerly
owned sites (including sites which were previously owned and/or operated by businesses acquired by the Company). The
Company initially provides for estimated costs of environmental-related activities relating to its past operations and third-party
sites for which commitments or clean-up plans have been developed and when such costs can be reasonably estimated based on
industry standards and professional judgment. These estimated costs, which are mostly undiscounted, are determined based on
currently available facts regarding each site. If the reasonably estimable costs can only be identified as a range and no specific
amount within that range can be determined more likely than any other amount within the range, the minimum of the range is
provided.
The Company routinely assesses its potential liability for investigation and remediation-related activities and adjusts its
environmental-related accruals as information becomes available upon which more accurate costs can be reasonably estimated
and as additional accounting guidelines are issued. Actual costs incurred may vary from the accrued estimates due to the
inherent uncertainties involved. See Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information
concerning the accrual for extended environmental-related activities and a discussion concerning unaccrued future loss
contingencies.
Litigation and Other Contingent Liabilities
In the course of its business, the Company is subject to a variety of actual and potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings,
including, but not limited to, litigation relating to product liability and warranty, raw materials used in our products, personal
injury, environmental (including alleged natural resource damages), intellectual property, commercial, contractual and antitrust
claims, that are inherently subject to many uncertainties regarding the possibility of a loss to the Company. In accordance with
the Contingencies Topic of the ASC, management accrues for contingencies when it is both probable that one or more future
events will occur confirming the fact of a loss and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. However, because
litigation is inherently subject to many uncertainties and the ultimate result of any present or future litigation is unpredictable,
the Company’s ultimate liability may result in costs that are significantly higher than currently accrued, and the recording of the
additional liability may result in a material impact on Net income for the annual or interim period during which such additional
liability is accrued. In matters where no accrual is recorded because it is not probable that a liability will be incurred or the
amount of any such loss cannot be reasonably estimated, any potential liability ultimately determined to be attributable to the
Company arising out of any such claims, lawsuits or other proceedings, may result in a material adverse effect on the
Company’s results of operations, liquidity or financial condition. See Note 11 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8
for further information concerning litigation.
Income Taxes
The Company estimates income taxes for each jurisdiction in which it conducts operations. This involves estimating taxable
earnings, specific taxable and deductible items, the likelihood of generating sufficient future taxable income to utilize deferred
tax assets and possible exposures related to future tax audits. To the extent these estimates change, adjustments to deferred and
accrued income taxes will be made in the period in which the changes occur.
The Company recognizes a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will
be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized
in the consolidated financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than
50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. These assessments of uncertain tax positions contain judgments
related to the interpretation of tax regulations in the jurisdictions in which we transact business. The judgments and estimates
made at a point in time may change based on the outcome of tax audits, expiration of statutes of limitations, as well as changes
to, or further interpretations of, tax laws and regulations. Income tax expense is adjusted in our Statements of Consolidated
Income in the period in which these events occur.
The Company also considers both positive and negative evidence when measuring the realizability of our deferred tax assets
and the need for a valuation allowance when it is more likely than not that all or a portion of such assets will not be realized.
The weight given to the evidence is commensurate with the extent to which it may be objectively verified. The Company places
significant weight on operating results during the most recent three-year period in its analysis. Future reversals of existing
temporary differences are heavily weighted sources of objectively verifiable positive evidence. It is typical to only consider
forecasts of future profitability when positive cumulative operating results exist in the most recent three-year period. If
necessary and available, tax planning strategies could be implemented to accelerate taxable amounts to utilize expiring
39
carryforwards. A valuation allowance is not required to the extent that, in the Company’s judgment, positive evidence exists
with a magnitude and duration sufficient to result in a conclusion that is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be
realized. See Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further information concerning income taxes.
40
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The Company is exposed to market risk associated with interest rates, foreign currency and commodity fluctuations. The
Company occasionally utilizes derivative instruments as part of its overall financial risk management policy, but does not use
derivative instruments for speculative or trading purposes. In 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company utilized U.S. dollar to euro
cross currency swap contracts to hedge the Company’s net investment in its European operations. The contracts have been
designated as net investment hedges and have various maturity dates. In addition, the Company entered into forward foreign
currency exchange contracts during 2025, 2024 and 2023 primarily to hedge value changes in foreign currency. There were no
material contracts outstanding at December 31, 2025. The Company entered into interest rate lock contracts in 2025 to hedge
the variability in the benchmark interest rate for the 2025 issuance of long-term fixed rate debt. The contracts were designated
as cash flow hedges and settled in 2025. See Notes 1, 16 and 19 to the consolidated financial statements in Item 8 for further
information on the use of derivative instruments. The Company believes it may experience losses from foreign currency
translation and transactions, interest rate movement and commodity price fluctuations. However, the Company does not expect
foreign currency translation or transactions, interest rate movement, commodity price fluctuations or hedging contract losses to
have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
41
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Index to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
43
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control Over
Financial Reporting
44
Report of Management on the Consolidated Financial Statements
46
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on the Consolidated
Financial Statements (PCAOB ID: 42)
47
Statements of Consolidated Income
49
Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income
50
Consolidated Balance Sheets
51
Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows
52
Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity
53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
54
42
Report of Management
On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Shareholders of The Sherwin-Williams Company
We are responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules
13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. We recognize that internal control over
financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent
limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and is subject to the possibility
of human error or the circumvention or the overriding of internal control. Therefore, there is a risk that material misstatements
may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, we believe we have
designed into the process safeguards to reduce, though not eliminate, this risk. Projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to
future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree
of compliance with policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In order to ensure that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025, we
conducted an assessment of its effectiveness under the supervision and with the participation of our management group,
including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer. This assessment was based on the criteria established in
the 2013 Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission.
As permitted by SEC rules, we have excluded the operations and related assets of the October 2025 acquisition of BASF SE’s
Brazilian decorative paints business (Suvinil) from the scope of our assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over
financial reporting as of December 31, 2025. The Total assets and Net sales of Suvinil represented approximately 5.0% and less
than 1.0% of the Company's respective consolidated Total assets and Net sales as of and for the year ended December 31, 2025.
Based on our assessment of internal control over financial reporting under the criteria established in Internal Control –
Integrated Framework, we have concluded that, as of December 31, 2025, the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting was effective to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of
financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Our internal
control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025 has been audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered
public accounting firm, and their report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is included on page
44 of this report.
Heidi G. Petz
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl
Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer
J. Paul Lang
Senior Vice President - Enterprise Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
43
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company
Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
We have audited The Sherwin-Williams Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting as of December 31,
2025, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring
Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, The Sherwin-Williams
Company and subsidiaries (the Company) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting
as of December 31, 2025, based on the COSO criteria.
As indicated in the accompanying Report of Management On Internal Control Over Financial Reporting, management’s
assessment of and conclusion on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting did not include the internal
controls of BASF SE’s Brazilian decorative paints business (“Suvinil”), which is included in the 2025 consolidated financial
statements of the Company and constituted 5.0% of total assets as of December 31, 2025 and less than 1.0% of net sales for the
year then ended. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting of the Company also did not include an evaluation of the
internal control over financial reporting of Suvinil.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the related statements of
consolidated income, comprehensive income, cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) and our report
dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its
assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Report of
Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all
material respects.
Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material
weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and
performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.
Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures
that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and
expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the
company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
44
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also,
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate
because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
Cleveland, Ohio
February 19, 2026
45
Report of Management
On the Consolidated Financial Statements
Shareholders of The Sherwin-Williams Company
We are responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes and
related financial information included in this report of The Sherwin-Williams Company and its consolidated subsidiaries
(collectively, the Company) as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 and for the years then ended in accordance with U.S.
generally accepted accounting principles. The consolidated financial information included in this report contains certain
amounts that were based upon our best estimates, judgments and assumptions that we believe were reasonable under the
circumstances.
We have conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting based on criteria established
in Internal Control – Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission. As discussed in the Report of Management on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting on page 43 of this
report, we concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2025.
The Board of Directors fulfills its responsibility for the oversight of the Company’s accounting policies and procedures,
financial statement preparation and internal control over financial reporting through the Audit Committee, comprised
exclusively of independent directors. The Audit Committee is responsible for the appointment and compensation of the
independent registered public accounting firm. The Audit Committee meets at least quarterly with financial management,
internal auditors and the independent registered public accounting firm to review the adequacy of financial controls, the
effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and the nature, extent and results of the audit effort.
Both the internal auditors and the independent registered public accounting firm have private and confidential access to the
Audit Committee at all times.
We believe that the consolidated financial statements, accompanying notes and related financial information included in this
report fairly reflect the form and substance of all material financial transactions and fairly present, in all material respects, the
consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows as of and for the periods presented.
Heidi G. Petz
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl
Senior Vice President - Finance and Chief Financial Officer
J. Paul Lang
Senior Vice President - Enterprise Finance and Chief Accounting Officer
46
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Sherwin-Williams Company
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Sherwin-Williams Company and subsidiaries (the
Company) as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the related statements of consolidated income, comprehensive income,
cash flows and shareholders’ equity for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2025, and the related notes
and financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a) (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial
statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position
of the Company at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2025, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States)
(PCAOB), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2025, based on criteria established in
Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
(2013 framework), and our report dated February 19, 2026 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are
required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable
rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the
audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to
error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial
statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included
examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included
evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall
presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
Critical Audit Matter
The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that
was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that
are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The
communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit
matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates.
47
Gibbsboro environmental-related accrual
Description of the Matter
As described in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company
had short-term and long-term accruals for environmental-related activities of
$52.7 million and $224.9 million, respectively, at December 31, 2025. The
Company’s largest and most complex site is the Gibbsboro, New Jersey site
(Gibbsboro) and the substantial majority of the environmental-related accrual
relates to this site. Gibbsboro consists of six operable units which contain a
combination of soil, sediment, surface water and groundwater contamination,
and are in various phases of investigation and remediation with the
Environmental
Protection
Agency
(EPA).
The
Company’s
estimated
environmental-related accrual for Gibbsboro is based on industry standards and
professional judgment, and the most significant assumptions underlying the
estimated cost of remediation efforts reserved for Gibbsboro are the types and
extent of future remediation.
Auditing the Company’s environmental-related accrual at the Gibbsboro site
required complex judgment due to the inherent challenges in identifying the
type and extent of future remedies in determining the probable and reasonably
estimable loss for which the Company will be responsible.
How We Addressed the Matter
in Our Audit
We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating
effectiveness of controls over the Company's processes to estimate the
Gibbsboro environmental-related accrual. For example, we tested controls over
management’s review of the environmental loss calculations and the key
assumptions affecting those calculations as described above.
To test the Gibbsboro environmental-related accrual, our audit procedures
included, among others, a review of correspondence with the EPA supporting
the Company’s assessment of the type, extent and cost of remediation at the
Gibbsboro site for which the Company is responsible. We assessed the
appropriateness of the Company’s policies and procedures and tested
management’s environmental reserve estimate. We involved our environmental
specialists to confirm our understanding of the remediation plans for the most
significant operable units within the Gibbsboro site and to evaluate the impact
of current year investigation and remediation activities on the Company's
methodology and assumptions used to estimate the cost and extent of
remediation in accordance with industry practice, applicable laws and
regulations. We reconciled types and extent of remediation identified in
communications between the Company and the EPA, including agreed upon
remediation plans with the EPA, to the Company’s remediation cost estimates
recorded for Gibbsboro. We also conducted a search for publicly available
information that might indicate facts contrary to the types and extent of
remediation currently identified in the Company’s remediation cost estimates
recorded for Gibbsboro.
/s/ Ernst & Young, LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 1908.
Cleveland, Ohio
February 19, 2026
48
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED INCOME
(in millions, except per share data)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Net sales
$
23,574.3
$
23,098.5
$
23,051.9
Cost of goods sold
12,058.8
11,903.4
12,293.8
Gross profit
11,515.5
11,195.1
10,758.1
Percent to Net sales
48.8 %
48.5 %
46.7 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses
7,695.0
7,422.1
7,065.4
Percent to Net sales
32.6 %
32.1 %
30.6 %
Other general (income) expense - net
negative10.2)
negative38.8)
67.1
Impairment
17.8
—
57.9
Interest expense
465.0
415.7
417.5
Interest income
negative11.2)
negative11.0)
negative25.2)
Other expense (income) - net
20.9
negative44.7)
65.5
Income before income taxes
3,338.2
3,451.8
3,109.9
Income taxes
769.7
770.4
721.1
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
$
2,388.8
Net income per common share:
Basic
$
10.37
$
10.68
$
9.35
Diluted
$
10.26
$
10.55
$
9.25
Weighted average shares outstanding:
Basic
247.6
251.0
255.4
Diluted
250.4
254.1
258.3
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
49
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
$
2,388.8
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:
Foreign currency translation adjustments (1)
253.5
negative256.0)
93.9
Pension and other postretirement benefit adjustments:
Amounts recognized in AOCI (2)
negative2.1)
23.0
3.9
Amounts reclassified from AOCI (3)
negative11.5)
negative14.2)
negative17.9)
Total
negative13.6)
8.8
negative14.0)
Unrealized net gains on cash flow hedges:
Amounts recognized in AOCI (4)
4.7
—
—
Amounts reclassified from AOCI (5)
negative3.8)
negative3.7)
negative3.6)
Total
0.9
negative3.7)
negative3.6)
Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax
240.8
negative250.9)
76.3
Comprehensive income
$
2,809.3
$
2,430.5
$
2,465.1
(1) The years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 include unrealized (losses) gains, net of taxes, of $negative129.2) million, $53.6 million and $negative24.9)
million, respectively, related to net investment hedges. See Note 16 for further information.
(2) Net of taxes of $2.0 million, $negative6.6) million and $negative2.8) million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
(3) Net of taxes of $3.8 million, $4.6 million and $5.9 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
(4) Net of taxes of $Loss1.5) million in 2025. See Note 16 for further information.
(5) Net of taxes of $1.3 million in 2025 and $1.2 million in 2024 and 2023.
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
50
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions)
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Assets
Current assets:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
207.2
$
210.4
$
276.8
Accounts receivable, net
2,791.2
2,388.8
2,467.9
Inventories
2,318.2
2,288.1
2,329.8
Other current assets
690.8
513.5
438.4
Total current assets
6,007.4
5,400.8
5,512.9
Property, plant and equipment, net
4,137.4
3,533.2
2,836.8
Goodwill
8,036.6
7,580.1
7,626.0
Intangible assets
3,966.1
3,533.2
3,880.5
Operating lease right-of-use assets
1,995.2
1,953.8
1,887.4
Other assets
1,759.0
1,631.5
1,210.8
Total Assets
$ 25,901.7
$ 23,632.6
$ 22,954.4
Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
Current liabilities:
Short-term borrowings
$
1,200.5
$
662.4
$
374.2
Accounts payable
2,354.2
2,253.2
2,315.0
Compensation and taxes withheld
839.4
842.8
862.7
Accrued taxes
187.4
174.3
197.4
Current portion of long-term debt
350.1
1,049.2
1,098.8
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
479.8
466.6
449.3
Other accruals
1,508.9
1,360.2
1,329.5
Total current liabilities
6,920.3
6,808.7
6,626.9
Long-term debt
9,320.7
8,176.8
8,377.9
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
129.8
120.7
133.2
Deferred income taxes
765.3
607.5
683.1
Long-term operating lease liabilities
1,591.5
1,558.3
1,509.5
Other long-term liabilities
2,575.8
2,309.4
1,908.0
Shareholders’ equity:
Common stock - $0.33-1/3 par value:
247.7, 251.3 and 254.5 million shares outstanding
at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively
83.1
92.5
91.8
Other capital
4,204.5
4,576.2
4,193.6
Retained earnings
1,029.4
7,246.3
5,288.3
Treasury stock, at cost
negative84.3)
negative6,988.6)
negative5,233.6)
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
negative634.4)
negative875.2)
negative624.3)
Total shareholders’ equity
4,598.3
4,051.2
3,715.8
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity
$ 25,901.7
$ 23,632.6
$ 22,954.4
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
51
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED CASH FLOWS
(in millions)
Year Ended December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Operating Activities
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
$
2,388.8
Adjustments to reconcile Net income to Net operating cash:
Depreciation
340.3
297.4
292.3
Non-cash lease expense
508.6
460.5
452.7
Amortization of intangible assets
336.6
326.6
330.2
Gain on divestiture of business
—
—
negative20.1)
Loss on extinguishment of debt
—
—
12.8
Impairment
17.8
—
57.9
Provisions for environmental-related matters - net
15.3
negative1.3)
80.7
Provisions for restructuring
111.0
—
15.3
Deferred income taxes
153.2
negative74.9)
negative88.9)
Stock-based compensation expense
123.5
138.1
115.9
Amortization of non-traded investments
104.0
75.0
65.4
(Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets
negative20.8)
negative49.9)
0.9
Other
2.6
negative10.9)
negative8.8)
Change in working capital accounts:
(Increase) decrease in accounts receivable
negative162.8)
negative10.7)
85.6
Decrease (increase) in inventories
132.5
negative32.9)
323.4
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable
negative37.8)
21.8
negative241.1)
Decrease in accrued taxes
negative22.5)
negative14.3)
negative8.9)
(Decrease) increase in accrued compensation and taxes withheld
negative25.9)
negative7.9)
75.7
(Increase) decrease in refundable income taxes
negative16.1)
0.8
25.8
Other
negative74.8)
negative20.7)
363.7
Change in operating lease liabilities
negative503.7)
negative460.7)
negative453.4)
Costs incurred for environmental-related matters
negative35.1)
negative24.1)
negative35.3)
Costs incurred for restructuring
negative71.3)
—
negative57.0)
Other
8.5
negative140.1)
negative251.7)
Net operating cash
3,451.6
3,153.2
3,521.9
Investing Activities
Capital expenditures
negative797.6)
negative1,070.0)
negative888.4)
Acquisitions of businesses, net of cash acquired
negative1,211.3)
negative78.9)
negative264.7)
Proceeds from divestiture of business
—
—
103.7
Proceeds from sale of assets
10.7
11.6
70.1
Other
negative68.1)
negative59.0)
negative60.0)
Net investing cash
negative2,066.3)
negative1,196.3)
negative1,039.3)
Financing Activities
Net increase (decrease) in short-term borrowings
537.4
288.6
negative603.9)
Proceeds from long-term debt
1,499.2
848.7
—
Payments of long-term debt
negative1,050.0)
negative1,100.0)
negative136.4)
Payments for credit facility and debt issuance costs
negative13.5)
negative8.6)
—
Payments of cash dividends
negative789.8)
negative723.4)
negative623.7)
Proceeds from stock options exercised
140.6
242.0
111.6
Treasury stock purchased
negative1,656.4)
negative1,738.8)
negative1,432.0)
Proceeds from real estate financing transactions
40.7
244.2
306.5
Other
negative86.8)
negative69.8)
negative46.7)
Net financing cash
negative1,378.6)
negative2,017.1)
negative2,424.6)
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash
negative9.9)
negative6.2)
20.0
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
negative3.2)
negative66.4)
78.0
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
210.4
276.8
198.8
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
$
207.2
$
210.4
$
276.8
Supplemental cash flow information
Income taxes paid
$
592.7
$
779.8
$
816.7
Interest paid
$
453.0
$
406.9
$
416.5
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
52
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
STATEMENTS OF CONSOLIDATED SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions, except per share data)
Common
Stock
Other
Capital
Retained
Earnings
Treasury
Stock
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Loss
Total
Balance at January 1, 2023
$
91.2 $
3,963.9 $
3,523.2 $ negative3,775.6) $
negative700.6) $
3,102.1
Net income
2,388.8
2,388.8
Other comprehensive income
76.3
76.3
Treasury stock purchased
negative1,432.0)
negative1,432.0)
Stock-based compensation activity
0.6
229.3
negative26.0)
203.9
Other adjustments
0.4
0.4
Cash dividends -- $2.42 per share
negative623.7)
negative623.7)
Balance at December 31, 2023
91.8
4,193.6
5,288.3
negative5,233.6)
negative624.3)
3,715.8
Net income
2,681.4
2,681.4
Other comprehensive loss
negative250.9)
negative250.9)
Treasury stock purchased
negative1,738.8)
negative1,738.8)
Stock-based compensation activity
0.7
383.0
negative16.2)
367.5
Other adjustments
negative0.4)
negative0.4)
Cash dividends -- $2.86 per share
negative723.4)
negative723.4)
Balance at December 31, 2024
92.5
4,576.2
7,246.3
negative6,988.6)
negative875.2)
4,051.2
Net income
2,568.5
2,568.5
Other comprehensive income
240.8
240.8
Treasury stock purchased
negative1,656.4)
negative1,656.4)
Treasury stock retired
negative9.9)
negative578.5)
negative7,995.6)
8,584.0
—
Stock-based compensation activity
0.5
265.7
negative23.3)
242.9
Other adjustments
negative58.9)
negative58.9)
Cash dividends -- $3.16 per share
negative789.8)
negative789.8)
Balance at December 31, 2025
$
83.1 $
4,204.5 $
1,029.4 $
negative84.3) $
negative634.4) $
4,598.3
See notes to consolidated financial statements.
53
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES
NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(millions of dollars, unless otherwise noted)
NOTE 1 – SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements included in this report have been prepared by management of The Sherwin-Williams
Company (herein referred to as the Company). These statements include the accounts of the Company and all consolidated
subsidiaries. Intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated. The Company’s share of earnings or losses from
nonconsolidated affiliates is included in the consolidated financial statements using the equity method of accounting when the
Company is able to exercise significant influence over the operating and financial decisions of the affiliate.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (US
GAAP) requires management to make estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the
consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those amounts.
Nature of Operations
The Company is engaged in the development, manufacture, distribution and sale of paint, coatings and related products to
professional, industrial, commercial and retail customers primarily in North and South America, with additional operations in
the Caribbean region, Europe, Asia and Australia.
Cash Equivalents
Management considers all highly liquid investments with a maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash
equivalents.
Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Current Expected Credit Losses
Accounts receivable are recorded at the time of credit sales, net of an allowance for current expected credit losses. The
Company records an allowance for current expected credit losses to reduce Accounts receivable to the net amount expected to
be collected.
Under the Financial Instruments - Credit Losses topic of the Accounting Standards Codification (ASC), the Company reviews
the collectibility of the Accounts receivable balance each reporting period and estimates the allowance for current expected
credit losses based on historical bad debt experience, aging of accounts receivable, current creditworthiness of customers,
current economic factors, as well as reasonable and supportable forward-looking information. Accounts receivable balances are
written-off against the allowance for current expected credit losses if a final determination of uncollectibility is made. All
provisions for the allowance for current expected credit losses are included in Selling, general and administrative expenses. See
Note 18 for further information.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost or market with cost determined principally on the last-in, first-out (LIFO) method.
Market represents current replacement cost, which is the cost to purchase or reproduce the inventory. If inventories accounted
for on the LIFO method are reduced on a year-over-year basis, then liquidation of certain quantities carried at costs prevailing
in prior years occurs. Management records an estimate of the lower of cost or market whenever the utility of inventory is
impaired by damage, deterioration, obsolescence, changes in price levels, or other causes based on historical experience and
current trends through reductions to inventory cost by recording a provision included in Cost of goods sold. If management
estimates that the reasonable market value is below cost or determines that future demand was lower than current inventory
levels, based on historical experience, current and projected market demand, current and projected volume trends and other
relevant current and projected factors associated with the current economic conditions, a reduction in inventory cost to current
market price is provided for in the reserve for obsolescence. See Note 4 for further information.
Property, Plant and Equipment
Property, plant and equipment, including leasehold improvements, is stated on the basis of cost. Depreciation is charged to
expense using the straight-line method over the assets’ estimated useful lives which range from 5 to 60 years for buildings and
3 to 15 years for machinery and equipment. Depreciation and amortization are included in the appropriate Cost of goods sold or
Selling, general and administrative expenses caption on the Statements of Consolidated Income. See Note 5 for further
information.
54
Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the cost in excess of fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations. Intangible assets include
software, customer relationships, intellectual property and trademarks. In accordance with the Goodwill and Other Intangibles
Topic of the ASC, goodwill and indefinite-lived trademarks are not amortized, but instead are tested for impairment on an
annual basis, as well as whenever an event occurs or circumstances change that indicate impairment has occurred on a more
likely than not basis. Finite-lived intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected period of benefit,
which ranges primarily from 3 to 29 years. See Note 6 for further information.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
In accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the ASC, management evaluates the recoverability and
remaining lives of long-lived assets, including right-of-use assets, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount may not be recoverable or the useful life has changed. See Note 5 for further information.
Derivative Instruments
The Company utilizes derivative instruments to mitigate certain risk exposures as part of its overall financial risk management
policy and accounts for these instruments in accordance with the Derivatives and Hedging Topic of the ASC. These include
foreign currency forward contracts, cross currency swaps designated as net investment hedges and interest rate lock contracts
designated as cash flow hedges. Derivatives are recorded as assets or liabilities in the Consolidated Balance Sheets at fair value.
Changes in fair value of the derivative instruments are recognized immediately in earnings unless the derivative instrument
qualifies for and is designated in an effective hedging relationship. See Note 16 for further information.
Non-Traded Investments
The Company has invested in U.S. affordable housing, historic renovation and other real estate investments (Non-Traded
Investments) that have been identified as variable interest entities which qualify for certain tax credits and other tax benefits.
Since the Company does not have the power to direct the day-to-day operations of the Non-Traded Investments and the risk of
loss is limited to the amount of contributed capital, the Company is not considered the primary beneficiary. Therefore, in
accordance with the Consolidation Topic of the ASC, the Non-Traded Investments are not consolidated.
Under the Investments - Equity Method and Joint Ventures Topic of the ASC, the Company uses the proportional amortization
method, whereby the initial cost and any subsequent changes in the level of investment of Non-Traded Investments is amortized
in proportion to the receipt of related tax credits. The Company reasonably expects amortization based on the receipt of tax
credits would produce a measurement substantially similar to amortization based on the receipt of tax credits and other tax
benefits. Both the amortization and related tax credits and other tax benefits are recognized in Income tax expense on the
Statements of Consolidated Income.
2025
2024
2023
Amortization of Non-Traded Investments
$
104.0
$
75.0
$
65.4
Tax credits and other tax benefits received
128.3
104.9
94.8
The carrying value of Non-Traded Investments is recorded in Other assets. The liabilities for estimated future capital
contributions are recorded in Other accruals and Other long-term liabilities. In addition, the associated impact of related tax
credits and other tax benefits are recorded as a reduction of Accrued taxes and a net deferred income tax asset within Deferred
income taxes. On the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows, the tax credits and other tax benefits are presented as a change in
Accrued taxes and in Deferred income taxes within Operating activities. Tax credits and other tax benefits reduced Accrued
taxes by $128.3 million, $104.9 million and $94.8 million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The following
table summarizes the balances related to Non-Traded Investments and related tax credits and other tax benefits on the
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
2025
2024
2023
Other assets
$
826.1
$
744.0
$
675.0
Other accruals
123.4
101.4
80.9
Other long-term liabilities
667.8
600.3
568.2
Net deferred income tax asset
2.6
7.6
19.4
55
Standby Letters of Credit
The Company occasionally enters into standby letter of credit agreements to guarantee various operating activities. These
agreements provide credit availability to the various beneficiaries if certain contractual events occur. Amounts outstanding
under these agreements totaled $129.8 million, $125.5 million and $146.2 million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
Product Warranties
The Company offers assurance-type product warranties for certain products. The specific terms and conditions of such
warranties vary depending on the product or customer contract requirements. Management estimated the costs of unsettled
product warranty claims based on historical results and experience and included an amount in Other accruals. Management
periodically assesses the adequacy of the accrual for product warranty claims and adjusts the accrual as necessary. Changes in
the Company’s accrual for product warranty claims during 2025, 2024 and 2023, including customer satisfaction settlements
during the year, were as follows:
Balance at January 1
$
46.4
$
40.4
$
36.2
Charges to expense
29.3
34.2
37.0
Settlements
negative18.4)
negative28.2)
negative 32.8
Balance at December 31
$
57.3
$
46.4
$
40.4
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Postretirement Benefit Plans
The Company accounts for its defined benefit pension and other postretirement benefit plans in accordance with the Retirement
Benefits Topic of the ASC, which requires the Company to recognize an asset for overfunded defined benefit pension or other
postretirement benefit plans and a liability for unfunded or underfunded plans. In addition, actuarial gains and losses and prior
service costs of such plans are recorded in Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (AOCI). The amounts recorded in
AOCI will continue to be modified as actuarial assumptions and service costs change, and all such amounts will be amortized to
earnings over a period of years through the net pension (credit) cost and net periodic benefit (credit) cost. See Note 8 for further
information.
Defined Contribution Savings Plan
The Company accounts for its defined contribution savings plan in accordance with the Defined Contribution Plans Subtopic of
the Compensation – Retirement Benefits Topic of the ASC. The Company recognized compensation expense related to the
employer contribution portion of the defined contribution savings plan for employee services rendered during the year. See
Note 13 for further information.
Environmental Matters
Capital expenditures for ongoing environmental compliance measures are recorded in Property, plant and equipment, net, and
related expenses are included in the normal operating expenses of conducting business. The Company accrued for
environmental-related activities for which commitments or clean-up plans have been developed and when such costs could be
reasonably estimated based on industry standards and professional judgment. Accrued amounts are primarily recorded on an
undiscounted basis and have not been recorded net of insurance proceeds in accordance with the Offsetting Subtopic of the
Balance Sheet Topic of the ASC. Environmental-related expenses include direct costs of investigation and remediation and
indirect costs such as compensation and benefits for employees directly involved in the investigation and remediation activities
and fees paid to outside engineering, consulting and law firms. See Notes 10 and 19 for further information.
Stock-Based Compensation
The cost of the Company’s stock-based compensation is recorded in accordance with the Stock Compensation Topic of the
ASC. See Note 14 for further information.
Other Liabilities
The Company retains risk for certain liabilities. Estimated amounts are accrued for certain workers’ compensation, employee
medical and disability benefits, automobile and general liability claims filed but unsettled and estimated claims incurred but not
reported. Estimates are based upon management’s estimated aggregate liability for claims incurred using historical experience,
actuarial assumptions followed in the insurance industry and actuarially-developed models for estimating certain liabilities.
Certain estimated product and property liability claims filed but unsettled are accrued based on management’s best estimate of
ultimate settlement or actuarial calculations of potential liability using industry experience and actuarial assumptions developed
for similar types of claims.
56
Foreign Currency Translation
All consolidated non-highly inflationary foreign operations use the local currency of the country of operation as the functional
currency. Local currency asset and liability accounts are translated at year-end exchange rates while income and expense
accounts are translated at average exchange rates. The resulting translation adjustments are included in AOCI.
Economies with a three-year cumulative inflation rate of more than 100% are considered highly inflationary. For subsidiaries
operating in highly inflationary economies, the parent’s reporting currency is the functional currency. Monetary assets and
liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars using rates of exchange at the balance sheet date and non-monetary assets and
liabilities are translated into U.S. dollars at their historical rates of exchange, with remeasurement adjustments and other
transaction gains and losses recognized in Net income. See Note 19 for further information.
Revenue Recognition
The Company recognizes revenue when performance obligations under the terms of the contract are satisfied. This generally
occurs with the transfer of control of our products to the customer. Collectibility of amounts recorded as revenue is probable at
the time of recognition. See Note 18 for further information.
Customer and Vendor Consideration
The Company offers certain customers rebate and sales incentive programs which are classified as reductions in sales. Such
programs are in the form of volume rebates, rebates that constituted a percentage of sales or rebates for attaining certain sales
goals.
The Company receives consideration from certain suppliers of raw materials in the form of volume rebates or rebates that
constitute a percentage of purchases. These rebates are recognized on an accrual basis by the Company as a reduction of the
purchase price of the raw materials and a subsequent reduction of Cost of goods sold when the related product was sold.
Cost of Goods Sold
Included in Cost of goods sold are costs for materials, manufacturing, distribution and related support. Distribution costs
include expenses related to the distribution of products including inbound freight charges, purchase and receiving costs,
warehousing costs, internal transfer costs and other costs incurred to ship products. Also included in Cost of goods sold are
research and development costs, quality control, product formulation expenditures and other similar items. Research and
development costs were $224.8 million, $217.3 million and $196.6 million during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses
Selling costs include advertising expenses, marketing costs, employee and store costs, and sales commissions. The cost of
advertising is expensed as incurred. The Company incurred $393.2 million, $386.9 million and $394.0 million in advertising
costs during 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. General and administrative expenses include human resources, legal, finance
and other support and administrative functions.
Government Incentives
The Company receives incentives from various government entities in the form of tax rebates or credits, grants and loans. These
incentives typically require that the Company maintain specified spending levels and other operational metrics and may be
subject to reimbursement if conditions are not met or maintained. Government incentives are recorded in the Company’s
consolidated financial statements in accordance with their purpose as a reduction of expense, a reduction of the cost of the
capital investment or other income. The benefit of these incentives is recorded when received and all conditions as specified in
the agreement are fulfilled.
Supply Chain Financing
As part of our strategy to manage working capital, we have entered into agreements with various financial institutions that act
as intermediaries between the Company and certain suppliers. The Company is not a party to agreements between the suppliers
and the financial institutions. These arrangements provide participating suppliers the option to settle outstanding accounts
payable incurred by the Company in the normal course of business early at a discount and do not impact our rights and
obligations with suppliers, including amounts due and scheduled payment terms. Under the terms of the agreements, the
Company confirms the validity of each supplier invoice to the respective financial institution upon receipt. On the invoice due
date, the Company settles the outstanding amount with the respective financial institution. Liabilities associated with these
arrangements are recorded in Accounts payable on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and amounted to $206.1 million, $215.7
million and $213.1 million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
57
The following table presents a rollforward of the Company’s outstanding obligations under its supplier finance programs for the
years ended December 31:
2025
2024
Balance at January 1
$
215.7
$
213.1
Invoices confirmed during the year
986.3
988.8
Confirmed invoices paid during the year
negative995.9)
negative986.2)
Balance at December 31
$
206.1
$
215.7
Earnings Per Share
Basic and diluted net income per share are calculated using the treasury stock method in accordance with the Earnings Per
Share Topic of the ASC. Basic net income per share amounts are computed based on the weighted-average number of shares
outstanding during the year. Diluted net income per share amounts are computed based on the weighted-average number of
shares outstanding plus all dilutive securities potentially outstanding during the year. See Note 21 for further information.
Common stock held in a revocable trust is excluded from outstanding shares for basic or diluted income per share calculations.
See Note 12 for further information.
Reclassifications
Certain amounts in the consolidated financial statements for 2024 and 2023 have been reclassified to conform to the 2025
presentation.
Restructuring Initiatives
During 2025, the Company implemented certain restructuring initiatives to simplify its operating model and reduce the cost
structure within the Administrative function, as well as the Consumer Brands and Performance Coatings Groups. The actions
taken better position the Company to continue to add long-term shareholder value.
The following table summarizes the activity associated with restructuring initiatives:
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Consolidated
Totals
Balance at January 1, 2025
$
—
$
—
$
—
$
—
Provisions:
Severance and related costs
15.1
15.5
54.0
84.6
Other qualified costs
24.0
2.4
—
26.4
Total
39.1
17.9
54.0
111.0
Payments, currency and other adjustments
negative29.6)
negative12.4)
negative29.3)
negative71.3)
Balance at December 31, 2025
$
9.5
$
5.5
$
24.7
$
39.7
The provisions above were recorded in Cost of goods sold, Selling, general and administrative expenses, and Other general
(income) expense - net and the balance at December 31, 2025 is recorded within Accrued taxes and Other accruals. In addition,
trademark impairment of $17.8 million related to restructuring actions was also recorded in the Performance Coatings Group.
See Note 6 for further information. As of December 31, 2025, the restructuring initiatives are complete and the remaining
amounts accrued are expected to be substantially paid out by the end of the second quarter of 2026.
NOTE 2 – RECENTLY ISSUED ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS
Adopted
In December 2025, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update (ASU) 2025-12,
“Codification Improvements.” This ASU clarifies existing guidance and makes incremental improvements to 33 issues
identified within various ASC topics. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, with early
adoption on an issue-by-issue basis permitted. The Company elected to early adopt “Issue 10: Clarify Methods to Account for
Treasury Stock” effective December 31, 2025. This issue clarifies the accounting for retirement of treasury shares. See the
Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity for further information. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting
the remaining issues within ASU 2025-12.
58
Effective December 31, 2025, the Company adopted ASU 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax
Disclosures” on a prospective basis. This ASU enhances income tax disclosures by providing information to better assess how
an entity’s operations, related tax risks, tax planning and operational opportunities affect its tax rate and prospects for future
cash flows. This ASU requires additional disclosures to the annual effective tax rate reconciliation including specific categories
and further disaggregated reconciling items that meet the quantitative threshold. Additionally, the ASU requires disclosures
relating to income tax expense and payments made to federal, state, local and foreign jurisdictions. The adoption did not affect
the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows as the standard only impacts financial statement footnote
disclosures. See Note 20 for further information.
Not Yet Adopted
In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other - Internal-Use Software (Subtopic
350-40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software”. This ASU clarifies and modernizes the
accounting for costs related to internal-use software by removing references to prescriptive and sequential software
development states and clarifies the threshold entities apply to begin capitalizing costs. Additionally, this ASU specifies that the
disclosures in Subtopic 360-10, Property, Plant and Equipment - Overall, are required for all capitalized internal-use software
costs, regardless of how those costs are presented in the financial statements. This ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning
after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2025-06.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense
Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses.” This ASU enhances expense
disclosures on both an annual and interim basis by requiring public business entities to disclose additional information about
specific expense categories in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. This ASU requires public entities to disclose,
in a tabular format, purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation, intangible asset amortization and depletion,
as applicable, for each income statement line item that contains those expenses. Specific expenses, gains and losses that are
already disclosed under existing US GAAP are also required to be included in the disaggregated income statement expense line-
item disclosures, and any remaining amounts will need to be described qualitatively. Additionally, the ASU requires disclosure
of the total amount of selling expenses and the entity’s definition of selling expenses. In January 2025, the FASB issued ASU
2025-01, “Income Statement - Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40):
Clarifying the Effective Date” which clarified that ASU 2024-03 is effective for annual fiscal years beginning after December
15, 2026, and for interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, with early adoption permitted. The
Company is evaluating the impact of adopting ASU 2024-03.
NOTE 3 – ACQUISITIONS AND DIVESTITURES
Acquisitions
Closed in current year
In October 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of BASF SE’s Brazilian decorative paints business (Suvinil) for
approximately $1.15 billion. The purchase price is subject to revision for a contractual working capital adjustment, which is
expected to be finalized in 2026. The acquired business develops, manufactures and sells a comprehensive portfolio of
innovative products under the well-known Suvinil and Glasu! brand names to professional painters, designers, architects and
consumers across the country. The business also operates two manufacturing facilities located in the Northeast and Southeast
regions of Brazil. The acquired business is reported within the Company’s Consumer Brands Group. The following table
summarizes the preliminary amounts recognized as part of the opening balance sheet as of December 31, 2025:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
53.8
Accounts receivable, net
154.1
Inventories
73.7
Property, plant and equipment
141.4
Indefinite-lived intangibles
300.1
Finite-lived intangibles
308.6
Other assets
42.0
Liabilities assumed
negative173.5)
Fair value of net assets acquired
900.2
Goodwill
247.8
Total purchase price
$
1,148.0
59
As of December 31, 2025, the Company is in the process of finalizing the net assets acquired in the acquisition, most notably,
the valuation of property, plant and equipment, Intangible assets and Deferred income taxes. The Company expects to finalize
the purchase price allocation for the acquisition within the allowable measurement period. Pro forma results of operations have
not been presented as the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial results is not material.
In June 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of a domestic regional floor covering provider for an immaterial purchase
price. The acquired business is reported within the Company’s Paint Stores Group. The Company expects to finalize the
purchase price allocation for the acquisition within the allowable measurement period. Pro forma results of operations have not
been presented as the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial results is not material.
In March 2025, the Company completed the acquisition of a European coil and industrial coatings company for approximately
$80 million. The acquired business is reported within the Company’s Performance Coatings Group. The Company expects to
finalize the purchase price allocation for the acquisition within the allowable measurement period. Pro forma results of
operations have not been presented as the impact on the Company’s consolidated financial results is not material.
Closed in 2024
In October 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of a metal packaging coatings business for approximately
$80 million. The acquired business develops, manufactures and sells coatings for the food and household product markets and
is reported within the Company’s Performance Coatings Group. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation for the
acquisition within the allowable measurement period. Pro forma results of operations have not been presented as the impact on
the Company’s consolidated financial results is not material.
Closed in 2023
In October 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of German-based SIC Holding GmbH, a Peter Möhrle Holding
venture comprised of Oskar Nolte GmbH and Klumpp Coatings GmbH (SIC Holding). The acquired business specializes in foil
coatings as well as radiation-cured and waterbased industrial wood coatings for the board, furniture and flooring industry. The
total purchase price for the acquisition was approximately $290 million, including an immaterial amount paid in 2024 to
finalize certain representations, warranties and closing conditions. The Company finalized the purchase price allocation within
the allowable measurement period, and $110.8 million of finite-lived intangible assets, $181.3 million of Goodwill,
$46.0 million of Other assets, net of cash and $47.5 million of liabilities were recognized from this transaction.
Divestitures
Closed in 2023
The Company completed the divestiture of a non-core domestic aerosol business within the Consumer Brands Group in April
2023. This transaction resulted in the recognition of a $20.1 million gain in 2023 within the Administrative function. This gain
was recorded within Other general (income) expense - net. See Note 19 for further information.
During the third quarter of 2023, the Company completed the divestiture of the China architectural business within the
Consumer Brands Group. An immaterial working capital adjustment was finalized during the first quarter of 2024. The
associated net assets were classified as held for sale at June 30, 2023 in accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment
Topic of the ASC. Following the prescribed order of impairment testing, the Company first reviewed individual tangible and
intangible assets under their applicable Topic of the ASC to determine if their carrying value was higher than their respective
fair value. As a result, the Company recorded an impairment charge of $6.9 million within the Consumer Brands Group related
to China architectural trademarks during 2023. The Company then compared the updated carrying value of the assets and
liabilities comprising the disposal group as a whole to its respective fair value which was determined to be equal to the selling
price, less costs to sell. As a result of this comparison, the Company recorded an additional impairment charge of $27.1 million
within the Administrative function in the second quarter of 2023. The fair value of the disposal group was classified as level 2
in the fair value hierarchy as it was based on a specific price and other observable inputs for similar items with no active
market.
These divestitures did not meet the criteria to be reported as discontinued operations in the consolidated financial statements as
the Company’s decision to divest these businesses did not represent a strategic shift that will have a major effect on the
Company’s operations and financial results.
60
NOTE 4 – INVENTORIES
Included in Inventories were the following:
2025
2024
2023
Finished goods
$
1,784.2
$
1,751.9
$
1,810.9
Work in process and raw materials
534.0
536.2
518.9
Inventories
$
2,318.2
$
2,288.1
$
2,329.8
Inventories were stated at the lower of cost or market, with cost primarily determined on the LIFO method. Management
believes that the use of LIFO results in a better matching of costs and revenues.
The following table summarizes the extent to which the Company’s Inventories use the LIFO method, and presents the effect
on Inventories had the Company used the first-in, first-out (FIFO) inventory valuation method.
2025
2024
2023
Percentage of total inventories on LIFO
71 %
74 %
74 %
Excess of FIFO over LIFO
$
616.8
$
630.2
$
668.0
During 2025, 2024 and 2023, certain inventories accounted for on the LIFO method were reduced, resulting in the liquidation
of certain quantities carried at costs prevailing in prior years. The 2025 liquidation reduced Net income by $3.5 million and the
2024 and 2023 liquidations increased Net income by $4.8 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
The Company recorded a reserve for obsolescence of $138.3 million, $137.7 million and $170.8 million at December 31, 2025,
2024 and 2023, respectively, to reduce Inventories to their estimated current market price.
NOTE 5 – PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT
Included in Property, plant and equipment, net were the following:
2025
2024
2023
Land
$
314.1
$
259.9
$
257.5
Buildings
2,667.3
1,175.9
1,048.7
Machinery and equipment
3,885.1
3,689.5
3,459.8
Construction in progress
520.0
1,598.1
1,111.0
Property, plant and equipment, gross
7,386.5
6,723.4
5,877.0
Less allowances for depreciation
3,249.1
3,190.2
3,040.2
Property, plant and equipment, net
$
4,137.4
$
3,533.2
$
2,836.8
The Company capitalizes interest costs incurred in the construction of certain property, plant and equipment. The Company
capitalized interest of $46.1 million, $59.6 million and $30.7 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
In accordance with the Property, Plant and Equipment Topic of the ASC, whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate
that the carrying value of long-lived assets may not be recoverable or the useful life may have changed, an impairment test is to
be performed. Undiscounted cash flows are used to calculate the recoverable value of long-lived assets to determine if such
assets are not recoverable. If the carrying value of the assets is deemed to not be recoverable, the impairment to be recognized is
the amount by which the carrying value of the assets exceeds the estimated fair value of the assets as determined in accordance
with the Fair Value Topic of the ASC. See Note 3 for further information on the impairment tests performed in 2023 for the
assets held for sale prior to the divestiture of the China architectural business. No other material impairments of Property, plant
and equipment were recorded in 2025, 2024 or 2023.
61
NOTE 6 – GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS
In 2025, the Company completed three acquisitions, which resulted in the recognition of Goodwill of $307.0 million and
Intangible assets of $642.9 million. The acquisition of Suvinil accounted for $247.8 million and $608.7 million of the total
Goodwill and Intangible assets recognized, respectively. Of the total intangibles acquired, $342.8 million were finite-lived
intangibles and $300.1 million were indefinite-lived intangibles. The acquired finite-lived intangibles are being amortized over
a weighted-average useful life of approximately 19 years.
In 2024, the Company completed the acquisition of a metal packaging coatings business, which resulted in the recognition of
Goodwill of $20.9 million and finite-lived intangibles of $27.9 million. The acquired finite-lived intangibles are being
amortized over a weighted-average useful life of approximately 15 years.
In 2023, the Company completed the acquisition of SIC Holding, which resulted in the recognition of Goodwill of
$181.3 million and finite-lived intangibles of $110.8 million. The acquired finite-lived intangibles are being amortized over a
weighted-average useful life of approximately 15 years.
See Note 3 for further information related to the acquisitions and divestitures.
In accordance with the Goodwill and Other Intangibles Topic of the ASC, goodwill at the reporting unit level and indefinite-
lived intangible assets are tested for impairment annually. In addition, interim impairment tests are performed whenever
required as a result of a specific event or circumstances which indicate potential impairment on a more likely than not basis.
October 1 has been established for the annual impairment review. An optional qualitative assessment may alleviate the need to
perform quantitative goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment tests when there is no indication of impairment
on a more likely than not basis. Should a quantitative impairment test be performed, values are estimated separately for
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets using applicable valuation models, incorporating discount rates commensurate
with the risks involved for each group of assets.
As a result of a nonsignificant high-performance flooring business being realigned to the Paint Stores Group from the
Performance Coatings Group effective January 1, 2025, the Company performed a quantitative impairment analysis for the
impacted reporting units and determined both before and after the change, there was no indication of impairment. The annual
impairment review performed as of October 1, 2025 resulted in no goodwill impairment and trademark impairment of
$17.8 million in the Performance Coatings Group, related to restructuring activities which impacted certain trademarks in the
Asia, Latin America and Europe regions.
The annual impairment review performed as of October 1, 2024 did not result in any goodwill or trademark impairment.
As a result of the Latin America architectural paint business being realigned to the Consumer Brands Group from the Paint
Stores Group effective January 1, 2023, the Company performed a quantitative impairment analysis for the impacted reporting
units and determined both before and after the change, there was no indication of impairment. The annual impairment review
performed as of October 1, 2023 resulted in no goodwill impairment and trademark impairment of $23.9 million in the
Consumer Brands Group primarily related to a trademark in Europe region.
62
A summary of changes in the Company’s carrying value of Goodwill by Reportable Segment is as follows:
Goodwill (1)
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Consolidated
Totals
Balance at January 1, 2023
$
2,231.8
$
1,801.9
$
3,549.5
$
7,583.2
Reclassification related to segment change (2)
144.3
negative144.3)
—
Acquisitions and acquisition adjustments
8.3
8.3
Currency and other adjustments
negative9.1)
43.6
34.5
Balance at December 31, 2023
2,376.1
1,792.8
3,457.1
7,626.0
Acquisitions and acquisition adjustments
48.2
48.2
Currency and other adjustments
negative0.3)
negative93.8)
negative94.1)
Balance at December 31, 2024
2,376.1
1,792.5
3,411.5
7,580.1
Acquisitions and acquisition adjustments
31.6
247.8
27.4
306.8
Currency and other adjustments
0.1
negative7.5)
157.1
149.7
Balance at December 31, 2025
$
2,407.8
$
2,032.8
$
3,596.0
$
8,036.6
(1) Goodwill by reportable segment is presented net of accumulated impairment losses of $19.4 million ($10.2 million in Paint Stores Group,
$8.4 million in Consumer Brands Group and $0.8 million in Performance Coatings Group) as of December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
(2) Effective January 1, 2025, the Company realigned a nonsignificant high-performance flooring business to the Paint Stores Group from the
Performance Coatings Group. The Goodwill balance attributable to this business has been retrospectively adjusted to reflect this change.
A summary of the Company’s carrying value of Intangible assets is as follows:
Finite-Lived Intangible Assets
Trademarks
With
Indefinite
Lives negative1)
Total
Intangible
Assets
Software
Customer
Relationships
Intellectual
Property
All Other
Subtotal
December 31, 2025
Gross
$
231.1 $
3,654.9 $ 2,002.3 $
229.3 $ 6,117.6
Accumulated amortization
negative164.2)
negative1,766.2)
negative853.2)
negative161.8) negative2,945.4)
Net value
$
66.9 $
1,888.7 $ 1,149.1 $
67.5 $ 3,172.2
$
793.9
$ 3,966.1
December 31, 2024
Gross
$
185.0 $
3,187.8 $ 1,973.0 $
225.8 $ 5,571.6
Accumulated amortization
negative154.3)
negative1,489.6)
negative747.7)
negative154.7) negative2,546.3)
Net value
$
30.7 $
1,698.2 $ 1,225.3 $
71.1 $ 3,025.3
$
507.9
$ 3,533.2
December 31, 2023
Gross
$
158.2 $
3,263.4 $ 1,968.5 $
232.6 $ 5,622.7
Accumulated amortization
negative152.8)
negative1,310.6)
negative644.4)
negative152.9) negative2,260.7)
Net value
$
5.4 $
1,952.8 $ 1,324.1 $
79.7 $ 3,362.0
$
518.5
$ 3,880.5
(1) Trademarks are net of accumulated impairment losses of $181.6 million as of December 31, 2025 and $163.8 million as of December 31, 2024 and
2023.
Amortization of finite-lived intangible assets is estimated as follows for the next five years: $345.3 million in 2026,
$340.3 million in 2027, $337.3 million in 2028, $335.7 million in 2029 and $334.7 million in 2030.
Although the Company believes its estimates of fair value related to reporting units and indefinite-lived intangible assets are
reasonable, actual financial results could differ from these estimates due to the inherent uncertainty involved in making such
estimates. Changes in assumptions concerning future financial results or other underlying assumptions could have a significant
impact and future impairment charges may be required.
63
NOTE 7 – DEBT
Long-Term Debt
The table below summarizes the carrying value of the Company’s outstanding debt, net of capitalized debt issuance costs,
discounts and premiums:
Due Date
2025
2024
2023
3.45% Senior Notes
2027
$
1,497.5
$
1,495.7
$
1,493.9
4.50% Senior Notes
2047
1,234.5
1,233.7
1,233.0
2.95% Senior Notes
2029
796.5
795.5
794.6
3.80% Senior Notes
2049
544.0
543.7
543.6
2.30% Senior Notes
2030
498.0
497.6
497.1
4.30% Senior Notes
2028
497.1
—
—
2.20% Senior Notes
2032
496.1
495.5
494.8
4.50% Senior Notes
2030
495.5
—
—
5.15% Senior Notes
2035
495.4
—
—
3.30% Senior Notes
2050
494.8
494.6
494.3
2.90% Senior Notes
2052
492.4
492.1
491.9
4.80% Senior Notes
2031
445.7
445.0
—
4.55% Senior Notes
2028
398.4
397.6
—
4.55% Senior Notes
2045
395.6
395.4
395.2
3.95% Senior Notes
2026
350.1
351.6
353.1
4.00% Senior Notes
2042
297.3
297.2
297.0
4.40% Senior Notes
2045
241.8
241.3
240.9
0.53% to 8.00% Promissory Notes
Through 2026
0.1
0.2
0.9
3.45% Senior Notes
2025
—
399.8
399.4
4.25% Senior Notes
2025
—
399.5
398.6
3.30% Senior Notes
2025
—
250.0
249.9
4.05% Senior Notes
2024
—
—
598.8
3.125% Senior Notes
2024
—
—
499.7
Total negative1)
9,670.8
9,226.0
9,476.7
Less amounts due within one year
350.1
1,049.2
1,098.8
Long-term debt
$
9,320.7
$
8,176.8
$
8,377.9
(1) Net of capitalized debt issuance costs of $53.6 million, $48.6 million and $49.3 million and net of discounts and premiums of $25.7 million, $26.0
million and $25.2 million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Maturities of long-term debt are as follows for the next five years: $350.1 million in 2026; $1.5 billion in 2027; $900.0 million
in 2028; $800.0 million in 2029 and $1.0 billion in 2030. Interest expense on long-term debt was $396.2 million, $354.7 million
and $374.6 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Subsequent event
In January 2026, the Company repaid the principal of $350 million related to the Company’s 3.95% senior notes using
commercial paper.
Activity in the current year
In July 2025, the Company issued $500.0 million of 4.30% senior notes due 2028, $500.0 million of 4.50% senior notes due
2030 and $500.0 million of 5.15% senior notes due 2035 in a public offering. The net proceeds from the issuance of these
senior notes were used to repay outstanding principal of $400.0 million related to the Company’s 3.45% senior notes due
August 1, 2025, the outstanding principal of $400.0 million related to the Company’s 4.25% senior notes due August 8, 2025
and a portion of the outstanding borrowings under the Company’s domestic commercial paper program. The newly issued
senior notes contain customary qualitative covenants as defined in their respective agreements.
64
In February 2025, the Company repaid the principal of $250.0 million related to the Company’s 3.30% senior notes due
February 1, 2025 using commercial paper.
Activity in 2024
In August 2024, the Company repaid principal of $600.0 million related to the Company’s 4.05% senior notes due August 8,
2024 using commercial paper and subsequently issued $400.0 million of 4.55% senior notes due 2028 and $450.0 million of
4.80% senior notes due 2031 in a public offering. The net proceeds from the issuance of these notes were used to repay
outstanding borrowings under the Company’s domestic commercial paper program and for general corporate purposes. The
newly issued senior notes contain customary qualitative covenants as defined in their respective agreements.
In June 2024, the Company repaid the principal of $500.0 million related to its 3.125% senior notes due June 1, 2024 using
commercial paper.
Activity in 2023
In December 2023, the Company exercised its call provision to make-whole the entire outstanding $119.4 million aggregate
principal amount of its 7.38% Debentures due 2027 and the entire outstanding $3.5 million aggregate principal amount of its
7.45% Debentures due 2097. The retirement of the Debentures resulted in a loss of $12.8 million recorded in Other general
(income) expense - net. See Note 19 for further information.
Short-Term Borrowings
Activity in the current year
In November 2025, the Company amended and restated its credit agreement dated May 9, 2016, as amended (2016 Credit
Agreement), to extend the maturity of $75.0 million of the commitments available for borrowing or obtaining letters of credit
from December 20, 2025 to December 20, 2030 (2025 Credit Agreement). This amended and restated credit agreement grants
the Company the right to borrow or obtain letters of credit up to an aggregate availability of $875.0 million and may be used for
general corporate purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements. The 2025 Credit Agreement was
subsequently amended in February 2026 to extend the maturity of commitments available for borrowing or letters of credit
under the agreement.
In August 2025, the Company amended its revolving credit agreement dated July 31, 2024 (2024 Credit Agreement) to extend
the maturity of $2.5 billion of the commitments under the agreement from July 31, 2029 to August 8, 2030, remove a credit
spread adjustment and modify the pricing grid.
Also in August 2025, the Company entered into a new 364-day senior unsecured delayed draw term loan (DDTL) credit
agreement which provided for a $750.0 million US dollar-denominated senior unsecured DDTL (USD DDTL) and a €250.0
million Euro-denominated senior unsecured DDTL (EUR DDTL) available as a single draw for general corporate purposes,
including to finance working capital requirements. The Company exercised the full amount of the draw in September 2025 to
fund the acquisition of Suvinil. See Note 3 for further information on the acquisition of Suvinil.
Activity in 2024
In July 2024, the Company entered into the $2.5 billion 2024 Credit Agreement maturing on July 31, 2029, replacing the credit
agreement dated August 30, 2022 (2022 Credit Agreement). Under the terms of the 2024 Credit Agreement, the Company may
request to extend the maturity date for two additional one-year periods, request an uncommitted increase up to $750.0 million
and issue letters of credit under a $250.0 million subfacility. This credit agreement may be used for general corporate purposes,
including the financing of working capital requirements.
Activity in 2022 and prior
In August 2022, the Company entered into the 2022 Credit Agreement maturing on August 30, 2027, replacing the credit
agreement dated June 29, 2021. The 2022 Credit Agreement gave the Company the right to borrow $2.25 billion and to obtain
letters of credit in an amount of up to $250.0 million. This credit agreement was permitted to be used for general corporate
purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements.
In August 2021, the Company amended and restated its credit agreement dated September 11, 2017, as amended, which gives
the Company the right to borrow and obtain letters of credit up to an aggregate availability of $625.0 million. This credit
agreement may be used for general corporate purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements. The 2021
Credit Agreement was subsequently amended on multiple dates to extend the maturity of commitments available for borrowing
or letters of credit under the agreement.
65
In May 2016, the Company entered into the 2016 Credit Agreement which gives the Company the right to borrow and obtain
letters of credit up to an aggregate availability of $875.0 million. This credit agreement was permitted to be used for general
corporate purposes, including the financing of working capital requirements. The 2016 Credit Agreement was subsequently
amended on multiple dates to extend the maturity of commitments available for borrowing or letters of credit under the
agreement.
Other than the outstanding balances on the USD DDTL and EUR DDTL at December 31, 2025 presented in the Short-term
borrowings summary table below, there were no borrowings outstanding under any of the Company’s credit agreements at
December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
The Company’s available capacity under its committed credit agreements is reduced for amounts outstanding under its domestic
commercial paper program and letters of credit. At December 31, 2025, the Company had unused capacity under its various
credit agreements of $3.649 billion. The table below summarizes the Company’s Short-term borrowings:
2025
2024
2023
Domestic:
Domestic commercial paper
$
281.4
$
655.6
$
347.7
USD DDTL
625.0
—
—
Foreign:
EUR DDTL
293.6
—
—
Foreign facilities
0.5
6.8
26.5
Total
$
1,200.5
$
662.4
$
374.2
Weighted average interest rate:
Domestic
4.4 %
4.7 %
5.5 %
Foreign
2.8 %
3.1 %
3.6 %
Interest expense on Short-term borrowings was $68.8 million, $61.0 million and $42.9 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
Among other restrictions, the Company’s notes, debentures, revolving credit agreement and credit agreements contain certain
covenants relating to liens, ratings changes, merger and sale of assets, consolidated leverage and change of control, as defined
in the agreements. In the event of default under any one of these arrangements, acceleration of the maturity of any one or more
of these borrowings may result. The Company was in compliance with all covenants for all years presented.
66
NOTE 8 – PENSION, HEALTH CARE AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS
The Company provides pension benefits to substantially all full-time domestic employees and certain foreign employees
through primarily noncontributory defined contribution or defined benefit pension plans and health care and life insurance
benefits to certain domestic and foreign active employees and eligible retirees.
Health Care Plans
The Company provides certain domestic health care plans that are contributory and contain cost-sharing features such as
deductibles and coinsurance. There were 31,472, 32,283 and 31,327 active employees covered by the benefits under these plans
at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The cost of these benefits for active employees, which includes claims
incurred but not reported, amounted to $425.4 million, $382.6 million and $363.2 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively.
Defined Contribution Pension Plans
The Company’s annual contribution for its domestic defined contribution pension plan was $105.2 million, $103.5 million and
$97.8 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The contribution percentage ranges from two percent to seven percent of
compensation for covered employees based on an age and service formula. Assets in employee accounts of the domestic
defined contribution pension plan are invested in various investment funds as directed by the participants. These investment
funds did not own a significant number of shares of the Company’s common stock for any year presented.
The Company’s annual contributions for its foreign defined contribution pension plans, which are based on various percentages
of compensation for covered employees up to certain limits, were $22.2 million, $20.6 million and $19.5 million for 2025, 2024
and 2023, respectively. Assets in employee accounts of the foreign defined contribution pension plans are invested in various
investment funds. These investment funds did not own a significant number of shares of the Company’s common stock for any
year presented.
Defined Benefit Pension Plans
At December 31, 2025, the domestic defined benefit pension plan was overfunded, with a projected benefit obligation of $101.7
million, fair value of plan assets of $166.7 million and excess plan assets of $65.0 million. The plan was funded in accordance
with all applicable regulations at December 31, 2025.
The Company has thirty-eight foreign defined benefit pension plans. At December 31, 2025, thirty-two of the Company’s
foreign defined benefit pension plans were unfunded or underfunded, with combined accumulated benefit obligations, projected
benefit obligations, fair values of net assets and deficiencies of plan assets of $94.8 million, $116.1 million, $32.8 million and
$83.3 million, respectively. At December 31, 2025, six of the Company’s foreign defined benefit pension plans were
overfunded, with combined accumulated benefit obligations, projected benefit obligations, fair values of net assets and excess
plan assets of $150.4 million, $155.8 million, $217.3 million and $61.5 million, respectively.
The Company expects to make the following benefit payments for all domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plans: $20.9
million in 2026; $20.4 million in 2027; $22.0 million in 2028; $23.0 million in 2029; $25.2 million in 2030; and $158.4 million
in 2031 through 2035. The Company expects to contribute $7.0 million to the foreign defined benefit pension plans in 2026.
The estimated net actuarial gains and prior service costs for the defined benefit pension plans that are expected to be amortized
from AOCI into net pension costs in 2026 are $3.9 million and $1.5 million, respectively.
67
The following table summarizes the components of the net pension costs and changes recognized in AOCI related to the
defined benefit pension plans:
Domestic
Foreign
2025
2024
2023
2025
2024
2023
Net periodic pension (credit) cost:
Service cost
$
2.4 $
2.9 $
3.0 $
4.6 $
4.6 $
4.4
Interest cost
5.2
4.9
4.6
13.3
11.8
11.8
Expected return on plan assets
negative9.5)
negative8.3)
negative7.3)
negative10.8)
negative11.1)
negative12.3)
Amortization of prior service cost (credit)
2.2
1.9
1.3
negative0.2)
negative0.1)
negative0.2)
Amortization of actuarial gains
negative2.1)
negative0.5)
—
negative1.2)
negative1.3)
negative1.5)
Ongoing periodic pension (credit) cost
negative1.8)
0.9
1.6
5.7
3.9
2.2
Settlement credits
—
—
—
—
—
negative1.1)
Curtailment cost
—
—
—
—
7.1
—
Net periodic pension (credit) cost
(1.8)
0.9
1.6
5.7
11.0
1.1
Other changes in plan assets and projected benefit
obligation recognized in AOCI (before taxes):
Net actuarial (gains) losses arising during the year
negative11.0)
negative20.9)
negative8.6)
negative1.1)
negative8.0)
5.8
Prior service cost arising during the year
1.3
1.0
3.0
—
6.9
1.1
Amortization of actuarial gains
2.1
0.5
—
1.2
1.3
1.5
Amortization of prior service (cost) credit
negative2.2)
negative1.9)
negative1.3)
0.2
negative7.0)
0.2
Loss recognized for settlement
—
—
—
—
—
1.1
Effect of foreign exchange
—
—
—
negative2.9)
1.6
negative1.5)
Total recognized in AOCI
negative9.8)
negative21.3)
negative6.9)
negative2.6)
negative5.2)
8.2
Total recognized in net periodic pension
(credit) cost and AOCI
$
negative11.6) $
negative20.4) $
negative5.3) $
3.1 $
5.8 $
9.3
Service cost is recorded in Cost of goods sold and Selling, general and administrative expenses. All other components of Net
pension costs are recorded in Other expense (income) - net.
In December 2024, the Company amended one of its foreign defined benefit plans to freeze future benefit accruals as of
December 31, 2024. As a result of the amendment, the Company recognized a non-cash pre-tax curtailment charge of $7.1
million primarily related to the acceleration of amounts previously recorded within AOCI in the Statements of Consolidated
Comprehensive Income for the year ended December 31, 2024.
The Company employs a total return investment approach for the domestic and foreign defined benefit pension plan assets. A
mix of equities and fixed income investments are used to maximize the long-term return of assets for a prudent level of risk. In
determining the expected long-term rate of return on defined benefit pension plan assets, management considers the historical
rates of return, the nature of investments and an expectation of future investment strategies. The target allocations for the
domestic defined benefit pension plan assets are 35% – 65% equity securities, 35% – 65% fixed income securities and 0% – 9%
other (including alternative investments and cash). The target allocations for the foreign defined benefit pension plan assets
vary by plan, but on an average basis are 0% – 10% equity securities, 80% – 100% fixed income securities and 0% – 10% other
(including alternative investments and cash).
68
The following tables summarize the fair value of the defined benefit pension plan assets at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
The presentation is in accordance with the Fair Value Topic of the ASC.
Fair Value at
December 31,
2025
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Investments at fair value:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
7.6
$
7.6
$
—
Equity investments (1)
104.3
99.4
4.9
Fixed income investments (2)
248.9
43.6
205.3
Other assets (3)
28.3
—
28.3
Total investments in fair value hierarchy
389.1
$
150.6
$
238.5
Investments measured at NAV or its equivalent (4)
27.7
Total investments
$
416.8
Fair Value at
December 31,
2024
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Investments at fair value:
Cash and cash equivalents
$
8.7
$
8.7
$
—
Equity investments (1)
95.3
86.6
8.7
Fixed income investments (2)
226.5
36.8
189.7
Other assets (3)
24.2
—
24.2
Total investments in fair value hierarchy
354.7
$
132.1
$
222.6
Investments measured at NAV or its equivalent (4)
25.3
Total investments
$
380.0
Fair Value at
December 31,
2023
Quoted Prices in
Active Markets
for Identical
Assets
(Level 1)
Significant
Other
Observable
Inputs
(Level 2)
Investments at fair value:
Equity investments (1)
$
133.0
$
72.9
$
60.1
Fixed income investments (2)
188.9
36.8
152.1
Other assets (3)
34.6
—
34.6
Total investments in fair value hierarchy
356.5
$
109.7
$
246.8
Investments measured at NAV or its equivalent (4)
25.3
Total investments
$
381.8
(1) This category includes actively managed equity assets that track primarily to the S&P 500 or an international equity index.
(2) This category includes government and corporate bonds that track primarily to a domestic or an international bond index.
(3) This category primarily includes insurance contracts and real estate.
(4) This category includes pooled investment funds and private equity funds that are measured at NAV or its equivalent using the practical expedient.
Therefore, these investments are not classified in the fair value hierarchy.
69
The following table summarizes the obligations, plan assets and assumptions used for the defined benefit pension plans, which
are all measured as of December 31:
Domestic
Foreign
2025
2024
2023
2025
2024
2023
Accumulated benefit obligations at end of year
$
100.6
$
94.2
$
100.5
$
245.2
$
221.7
$
236.4
Projected benefit obligations:
Balances at beginning of year
$
95.3
$
102.1
$
91.7
$
243.0
$
257.8
$
230.4
Service cost
2.4
2.9
3.0
4.6
4.6
4.4
Interest cost
5.2
4.9
4.6
13.3
11.8
11.8
Actuarial losses (gains)
1.1
negative11.1)
2.8
negative4.3)
negative19.8)
8.8
Plan amendments and other
1.3
1.0
3.0
4.8
13.5
2.0
Settlements
—
—
—
negative2.3)
negative2.2)
negative3.7)
Effect of foreign exchange
—
—
—
24.1
negative12.2)
14.1
Benefits paid
negative3.6)
negative4.5)
negative3.0)
negative11.3)
negative10.5)
negative10.0)
Balances at end of year
101.7
95.3
102.1
271.9
243.0
257.8
Plan assets:
Balances at beginning of year
148.7
135.1
119.4
231.3
246.7
223.6
Actual returns on plan assets
21.6
18.1
18.7
7.7
negative2.6)
15.4
Contributions and other
—
—
—
5.4
5.7
8.6
Settlements
—
—
—
negative2.3)
negative2.2)
negative3.7)
Effect of foreign exchange
—
—
—
19.3
negative7.1)
12.8
Benefits paid
negative3.6)
negative4.5)
negative3.0)
negative11.3)
negative10.5)
(10.0)
Balances at end of year
166.7
148.7
135.1
250.1
231.3
246.7
Excess (deficient) plan assets over projected benefit
obligations
$
65.0
$
53.4
$
33.0
$
negative21.8) $
negative11.7) $
negative11.1)
Assets and liabilities recognized in the
Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Noncurrent pension assets
$
65.0
$
53.4
$
33.0
$
61.5
$
56.1
$
57.9
Other accruals
—
—
—
negative6.7)
negative6.0)
negative3.4)
Other long-term liabilities
—
—
—
negative76.6)
negative61.8)
negative65.6)
$
65.0
$
53.4
$
33.0
$
negative21.8) $
negative11.7) $
negative11.1)
Amounts recognized in AOCI:
Net actuarial gains
$
45.9
$
36.9
$
16.6
$
32.6
$
29.9
$
24.8
Prior service (costs) credits
negative7.0)
negative7.8)
negative8.8)
0.3
0.4
0.3
$
38.9
$
29.1
$
7.8
$
32.9
$
30.3
$
25.1
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine
projected benefit obligations:
Discount rate
5.70 %
5.78 %
5.09 %
5.50 %
5.49 %
4.81 %
Rate of compensation increase
3.00 %
3.00 %
3.00 %
3.18 %
3.29 %
3.33 %
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine
net pension cost:
Discount rate
5.78 %
5.09 %
5.27 %
5.49 %
4.81 %
5.06 %
Expected long-term rate of return on assets
6.50 %
6.25 %
6.25 %
4.78 %
4.78 %
5.48 %
Rate of compensation increase
3.00 %
3.00 %
3.00 %
3.29 %
3.33 %
3.39 %
70
Other Postretirement Benefits
Employees of the Company hired in the United States prior to January 1, 1993 who are not members of a collective bargaining
unit, and certain groups of employees added through acquisitions, are eligible for health care and life insurance benefits upon
retirement, subject to the terms of the unfunded plans. There were 3,325, 3,354 and 3,367 retired employees covered by these
postretirement benefits at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The following table summarizes the obligation and the assumptions used for domestic other postretirement benefits:
2025
2024
2023
Benefit obligation:
Balances at beginning of year - unfunded
$
135.1
$
147.2
$
153.8
Service cost
0.2
0.5
0.6
Interest cost
6.7
6.8
7.4
Actuarial gains
negative2.3)
negative8.6)
negative8.0)
Benefits paid
negative14.1)
negative10.8)
negative6.6)
Balances at end of year - unfunded
$
125.6
$
135.1
$
147.2
Liabilities recognized in the Consolidated Balance Sheets:
Other accruals
$
negative14.1) $
negative14.4) $
negative14.0)
Postretirement benefits other than pensions
negative111.5)
negative120.7)
negative133.2)
$
negative125.6) $
negative135.1) $
negative147.2)
Amounts recognized in AOCI:
Net actuarial gains
$
20.9
$
21.0
$
12.9
Prior service credits
1.9
16.2
40.0
$
22.8
$
37.2
$
52.9
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligations:
Discount rate
5.35 %
5.61 %
4.97 %
Health care cost trend rate - pre-65
7.00 %
7.50 %
7.00 %
Health care cost trend rate - post-65
6.00 %
6.50 %
6.00 %
Prescription drug cost increases
11.00 %
11.75 %
9.00 %
Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost:
Discount rate
5.61 %
4.97 %
5.16 %
Health care cost trend rate - pre-65
7.50 %
7.00 %
6.25 %
Health care cost trend rate - post-65
6.50 %
6.00 %
5.50 %
Prescription drug cost increases
11.75 %
9.00 %
8.25 %
71
The following table summarizes the components of the net periodic benefit credit and changes recognized in AOCI related to
domestic other postretirement benefits:
2025
2024
2023
Net periodic benefit credit:
Service cost
$
0.2
$
0.5
$
0.6
Interest cost
6.7
6.8
7.4
Amortization of actuarial (gains) losses
negative2.4)
negative0.4)
0.1
Amortization of prior service credit
negative14.3)
negative23.9)
negative23.9)
Net periodic benefit credit
negative9.8)
negative17.0)
negative15.8)
Other changes in benefit obligation recognized in AOCI (before taxes):
Net actuarial gain arising during the year
negative2.3)
negative8.6)
negative8.0)
Amortization of actuarial gains (losses)
2.4
0.4
negative0.1)
Amortization of prior service credit
14.3
23.9
23.9
Total recognized in AOCI
14.4
15.7
15.8
Total recognized in net periodic benefit cost (credit) and AOCI
$
4.6
$
negative1.3) $
—
The estimated net actuarial gains and prior service credits for domestic other postretirement benefits that are expected to be
amortized from AOCI into net periodic benefit cost in 2026 are $3.0 million and $0.1 million, respectively.
The assumed health care cost trend rate and prescription drug cost increases used to determine the net periodic benefit cost for
domestic postretirement health care benefits for 2026 both decrease in each successive year until reaching 4.50% in 2034.
The Company expects to make retiree health care benefit cash payments for domestic other postretirement benefits as follows:
2026
$
14.1
2027
14.4
2028
14.0
2029
13.1
2030
11.8
2031 through 2035
41.9
Total expected benefit cash payments
$
109.3
Employees and their eligible dependents in certain consolidated foreign subsidiaries of the Company are eligible for health care
benefits upon retirement, subject to the terms of the plans, and are recorded as other postretirement benefits. The associated
benefit obligation and net periodic benefit cost did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial
statements.
72
NOTE 9 – LEASES
The Company leases retail stores, manufacturing and distribution facilities, office space and equipment under operating and
finance lease agreements. Operating leases are included in Operating lease right-of-use (ROU) assets, Current portion of
operating lease liabilities and Long-term operating lease liabilities and finance leases are included in Other assets, Other
accruals and Other long-term liabilities on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. The majority of the operating lease ROU asset and
lease liability balances are related to the retail operations of the Paint Stores Group. The majority of the finance lease ROU
asset and lease liability balances are related to a distribution facility within the Consumer Brands Group. Most leases include
one or more options to renew. The exercise of lease renewal options is at the Company’s discretion and is not reasonably
certain at lease commencement.
Operating and finance lease ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized based on the present value of lease payments over
the lease term. Most leases do not contain an incremental borrowing rate which is readily determinable from their associated
contract. Therefore, the Company uses its estimated incremental borrowing rate on a collateralized basis which is derived from
information available at the lease commencement date, giving consideration to publicly available credit rating data, other risk
characteristics and the term of the lease in determining the present value of lease payments.
The Company does not account for lease and non-lease components of contracts separately for any underlying asset class. Some
leases have variable payments, however, because they are not based on an index or rate, they are excluded from ROU assets and
lease liabilities. Variable payments for real estate leases relate primarily to common area maintenance, insurance, taxes and
utilities associated with the properties. Variable payments for equipment leases relate primarily to hours, miles or other
quantifiable usage factors which are not determinable at the time the lease agreement is entered into by the Company. The
Company has made an accounting policy election by underlying asset class to not apply the recognition requirements of ASC
842 to short-term leases. As a result, certain leases with a term of 12 months or less are not recorded on the Consolidated
Balance Sheets and expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term.
Additional lease information is summarized below:
2025
2024
2023
Components of Lease Expense
Operating lease cost
$
591.7
$
562.4
$
528.5
Finance lease cost:
Amortization of right-of-use assets
$
4.4
$
0.7
$
—
Interest on lease liabilities
10.8
1.5
—
Total
$
15.2
$
2.2
$
—
Short-term lease cost
$
80.2
$
69.6
$
58.5
Variable lease cost
$
120.4
$
132.1
$
104.1
Supplemental Cash Flow Information
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities:
Operating cash outflows from operating leases
$
576.9
$
545.5
$
513.8
Operating cash outflows from finance leases
6.0
0.2
—
Financing cash outflows from finance leases
0.6
0.2
—
Leased assets obtained in exchange for new lease liabilities:
Operating leases
$
550.0
$
526.9
$
473.3
Finance leases
1.5
188.2
—
73
2025
2024
2023
Supplemental Balance Sheet Information
Operating Leases:
Operating lease right-of-use assets
$
1,995.2
$
1,953.8
$
1,887.4
Current portion of operating lease liabilities
479.8
466.6
449.3
Long-term operating lease liabilities
1,591.5
1,558.3
1,509.5
Finance Leases:
Other assets
$
184.5
$
187.5
$
—
Other accruals
0.7
3.7
—
Other long-term liabilities
194.7
185.6
—
Other Supplemental Information
Weighted average remaining lease term:
Operating leases
5.6 years
5.5 years
5.5 years
Finance leases
43.0 years
43.4 years
Weighted average discount rate:
Operating leases
4.5 %
4.2 %
3.8 %
Finance leases
5.7 %
5.5 %
The following table reconciles the undiscounted cash flows for each of the next five years and thereafter related to the operating
and finance lease liabilities recognized on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2025. The reconciliation
excludes short-term leases that are not recorded on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.
Operating Leases
Finance Leases
2026
$
558.9
$
11.9
2027
473.9
8.7
2028
382.1
8.9
2029
290.0
9.1
2030
202.9
9.4
Thereafter
434.2
600.7
Total lease payments
2,342.0
648.7
Amount representing interest
negative270.7)
(453.3)
Present value of lease liabilities
$
2,071.3
$
195.4
74
NOTE 10 – OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES
Environmental Matters
The operations of the Company, like those of other companies in its industry, are subject to various domestic and foreign
environmental laws and regulations. These laws and regulations not only govern current operations and products, but also
impose potential liability on the Company for past operations. Management expects environmental laws and regulations to
impose increasingly stringent requirements upon the Company and the industry in the future. Management believes that the
Company conducts its operations in compliance with applicable environmental laws, regulations and requirements and has
implemented various programs designed to protect the environment and promote continued compliance.
The Company is involved with environmental investigation and remediation activities at some of its currently and formerly
owned sites, including sites which were previously owned and/or operated by businesses acquired by the Company. In addition,
the Company, together with other parties, has been designated a potentially responsible party under federal and state
environmental protection laws for the investigation and remediation of environmental contamination and hazardous waste at a
number of third-party sites, primarily Superfund sites. In general, these laws provide that potentially responsible parties may be
held jointly and severally liable for investigation and remediation costs regardless of fault. The Company may be similarly
designated with respect to additional third-party sites in the future.
The Company initially provides for estimated costs of environmental-related activities relating to its past operations and third-
party sites for which commitments or clean-up plans have been developed and when such costs can be reasonably estimated
based on industry standards and professional judgment. These estimated costs, which are mostly undiscounted, are determined
based on currently available facts regarding each site. If the reasonably estimable costs can only be identified as a range and no
specific amount within that range can be determined more likely than any other amount within the range, the minimum of the
range is provided.
The Company routinely assesses its potential liability for investigation and remediation-related activities and adjusts its
environmental-related accruals as information becomes available, including as a result of sites progressing through investigation
and remediation-related activities, upon which more accurate costs can be reasonably estimated and as additional accounting
guidelines are issued. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company had accruals reported on the Consolidated Balance
Sheets as Other long-term liabilities of $224.9 million, $230.3 million and $230.8 million, respectively. Estimated costs of
current investigation and remediation activities of $52.7 million, $66.4 million and $88.1 million are included in Other accruals
on the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Actual costs incurred may vary from the accrued estimates due to the inherent uncertainties involved including, among others,
the number and financial condition of parties involved with respect to any given site, the volumetric contribution which may be
attributed to the Company relative to that attributed to other parties, the nature and magnitude of the wastes involved, the
various technologies that can be used for remediation and the determination of acceptable remediation with respect to a
particular site. If the Company’s future loss contingency is ultimately determined to be at the unaccrued maximum of the
estimated range of possible outcomes for every site for which costs can be reasonably estimated, the Company’s accrual for
environmental-related activities would be $87.9 million higher than the minimum accruals at December 31, 2025. Additionally,
costs for environmental-related activities may not be reasonably estimable at early stages of investigation and therefore would
not be included in the unaccrued maximum amount.
Four of the Company’s currently and formerly owned manufacturing sites (Major Sites) account for the majority of the accrual
for environmental-related activities and the unaccrued maximum of the estimated range of possible outcomes at December 31,
2025. At December 31, 2025, $234.6 million, or 84.8% of the total accrual, related directly to the Major Sites. In the aggregate
unaccrued maximum of $87.9 million at December 31, 2025, $65.2 million, or 74.2%, is related to the Major Sites. The
significant cost components of this liability continue to be related to remedy implementation, regulatory agency interaction and
project management and other costs. While different for each specific environmental situation, these components generally each
account for approximately 85%, 10% and 5%, respectively, of the accrued amount and those percentages are subject to change
over time. While environmental investigations and remedial actions are in different stages at these sites, additional
investigations, remedial actions and monitoring will likely be required at each site.
The largest and most complex of the Major Sites is the Gibbsboro, New Jersey site (Gibbsboro) which comprises the substantial
majority of the environmental-related accrual. Gibbsboro, a former manufacturing plant, and related areas, which ceased
operations in 1978, has had various areas included on the National Priorities List since 1999. This location has soil, sediment,
surface water and groundwater contamination related to the historic operations of the facility. Gibbsboro has been divided by
the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) into six operable units (OUs) based on location and characteristics, whose
investigation and remediation efforts are likely to occur over an extended period of time. To date, the Company has completed
remedy construction on three of the six OUs. While there are administrative tasks to be completed before final agency approval,
75
the remediation phase of the work for these three OUs is effectively complete and future work for these OUs is anticipated to be
limited. OUs are in various phases of investigation and remediation with the EPA that provide enough information to
reasonably estimate cost ranges and record environmental-related accruals. The most significant assumptions underlying the
reliability and precision of remediation cost estimates for the Gibbsboro site are the type and extent of future remedies to be
selected by the EPA and the costs of implementing those remedies.
The remaining three Major Sites comprising the majority of the accrual include: (1) a multi-party Superfund site that (a) has
received a record of decision from the federal EPA and is currently in the remedial design phase for one OU, (b) has received a
record of decision from the federal EPA for an interim remedy for another OU and (c) has a remedial investigation ongoing for
another OU, (2) a closed paint manufacturing facility that is in the operation and maintenance phase of remediation under both
federal and state EPA programs and (3) a formerly-owned site containing warehouse and office space that is in the remedial/
design investigation phase under a state EPA program. Each of these three Major Sites are in phases of investigation,
remediation and monitoring that provide sufficient information to reasonably estimate cost ranges and record environmental-
related accruals.
Excluding the Major Sites discussed above, no sites are individually material to the total accrual balance. There are multiple,
future events yet to occur, including further remedy selection and design, remedy implementation and execution and securing
applicable governmental agency approvals, all of which have the potential to contribute to the uncertainty surrounding these
future events. As these events occur and to the extent that the cost estimates of the environmental remediation change, the
existing reserve will be adjusted.
Management cannot presently estimate the ultimate potential loss contingencies related to these sites or other less significant
sites until such time as a substantial portion of the investigation at the sites is completed and remedial action plans are
developed. Unasserted claims could have a material effect on the Company’s loss contingency as more information becomes
available over time. At December 31, 2025, the Company did not have material loss contingency accruals related to unasserted
claims. Management does not expect that a material portion of unrecognized loss contingencies will be recoverable through
insurance, indemnification agreements or other sources. In the event any future loss contingency significantly exceeds the
current amount accrued, the recording of the ultimate liability may result in a material impact on net income for the annual or
interim period during which the additional costs are accrued. Moreover, management does not believe that any potential
liability ultimately attributed to the Company for its environmental-related matters will have a material adverse effect on the
Company’s financial condition, liquidity or cash flow due to the extended length of time during which environmental
investigation and remediation takes place. An estimate of the potential impact on the Company’s operations cannot be made due
to the aforementioned uncertainties.
Management expects these contingent environmental-related liabilities to be resolved over an extended period of time.
Management is unable to provide a more specific time frame due to the indeterminate amount of time to conduct investigation
activities at any site, the indeterminate amount of time to obtain environmental agency approval, as necessary, with respect to
investigation and remediation activities and the indeterminate amount of time necessary to conduct remediation activities.
Asset Retirement Obligations
The Asset Retirement and Environmental Obligations Topic of the ASC requires a liability to be recognized for the fair value of
a conditional asset retirement obligation if a settlement date and fair value can be reasonably estimated. The Company
recognizes a liability for any conditional asset retirement obligation when sufficient information is available to reasonably
estimate a settlement date to determine the fair value of such liability. The Company has identified certain conditional asset
retirement obligations at various current and closed manufacturing, distribution and store facilities. These obligations relate
primarily to asbestos abatement, hazardous waste Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA) closures, well
abandonment, transformers and used oil disposals and underground storage tank closures. Using investigative, remediation and
disposal methods that are currently available to the Company, the estimated costs of these obligations were accrued and are not
significant. The recording of additional liabilities for future conditional asset retirement obligations may result in a material
impact on Net income for the annual or interim period during which the costs are accrued. Management does not believe that
any potential liability ultimately attributed to the Company for its conditional asset retirement obligations will have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, liquidity or cash flows due to the extended period of time over which
sufficient information may become available regarding the closure or modification of any one or group of the Company’s
facilities. An estimate of the potential impact on the Company’s operations cannot be made due to the aforementioned
uncertainties.
76
Real Estate Financing
The Company has entered into certain sale-leaseback agreements that do not qualify as asset sales and were accounted for as
real estate financing transactions, one of which was to sell and subsequently lease back its new global headquarters. The
Company received the final proceeds for the new global headquarters in 2025 for a total of $800 million. These proceeds are
recognized within the Financing Activities section in the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows. The following tables
summarize the activity related to this transaction and the corresponding balances recognized in the Consolidated Balance
Sheets.
2025
2024
2023
Activity:
Proceeds received
$
40.9
$
244.2
$
305.0
Capitalized interest (1)
37.2
45.2
23.8
Balances:
Short-term liability (2)
$
51.0
$
49.7
$
39.9
Long-term liability (3)
762.0
715.9
475.9
Total liability
$
813.0
$
765.6
$
515.8
(1) Interest is capitalized within Property, plant and equipment, net.
(2) The short-term portion of the liability is recorded in Other accruals.
(3) The long-term portion of the liability is recorded in Other long-term liabilities.
NOTE 11 – LITIGATION
In the course of its business, the Company is subject to a variety of actual and potential claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings,
including, but not limited to, litigation relating to product liability and warranty, raw materials used in our products, personal
injury, environmental (including alleged natural resource damages), intellectual property, commercial, contractual and antitrust
claims, that are inherently subject to many uncertainties regarding the possibility of a loss to the Company. Uncertainties to
which litigation is inherently subject include, among other things, costs, unpredictable court or jury decisions that could affect
other litigation against the Company and encourage an increase in the number and nature of future claims and proceedings, and
differing laws and regulations in jurisdictions where the Company operates. These uncertainties will ultimately be resolved
when one or more future events occur or fail to occur confirming the incurrence of a liability or the avoidance or reduction of a
liability. In accordance with the Contingencies Topic of the ASC, the Company accrues for contingencies by a charge to income
when it is both probable that one or more future events will occur confirming the fact of a loss and the amount of the loss can be
reasonably estimated. In the event that a loss contingency is ultimately determined to be significantly higher than currently
accrued, the recording of the additional liability may result in a material impact on the Company’s results of operations,
liquidity or financial condition for the annual or interim period during which such additional liability is accrued. In matters
where no accrual is recorded because it is not probable that a liability will be incurred or the amount of any such loss cannot be
reasonably estimated, any potential liability ultimately determined to be attributable to the Company may result in a material
impact on the Company’s results of operations, liquidity or financial condition for the annual or interim period during which
such liability is accrued. In those matters where no accrual is recorded or exposure to loss exists in excess of the amount
accrued, the Contingencies Topic of the ASC requires disclosure of the contingency when there is a reasonable possibility that a
loss or additional loss may have been incurred.
Due to the uncertainties involved in claims, lawsuits, and other proceedings, management is unable to predict the outcome of
the matters identified below, the number or nature of possible future claims, lawsuits, and proceedings, or the effect that any
legislation and/or administrative regulations may have on such matters or the Company. In addition, management cannot
reasonably determine the scope or amount of the potential costs and liabilities related to such matters, or resulting from any
such legislation and regulations. We currently have not accrued any amounts for the pending lead pigment and lead-based paint
litigation identified below because the Company does not believe it is probable that a loss will occur, or the Company believes
it is not possible to estimate the range of potential losses. In addition, any potential liability that may result from any changes to
legislation and regulations cannot reasonably be estimated. Due to the uncertainties associated with the amount of any such
liability and/or the nature of any other remedy which may be imposed in litigation, any potential liability determined to be
attributable to the Company arising out of such litigation may have a material adverse effect on the Company’s results of
operations, liquidity or financial condition. An estimate of the potential impact on the Company’s results of operations, cash
flow, liquidity or financial condition cannot be made due to the aforementioned uncertainties.
77
Lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation. The Company’s past operations included the manufacture and sale of lead
pigments and lead-based paints. The Company, along with other companies, is and has been a defendant in a number of legal
proceedings arising from the manufacture and sale of lead pigments and lead-based paints. The plaintiffs’ claims have been
based upon various legal theories, including negligence, strict liability, breach of warranty, negligent misrepresentations and
omissions, fraudulent misrepresentations and omissions, concert of action, civil conspiracy, violations of unfair trade practice
and consumer protection laws, enterprise liability, market share liability, public nuisance, unjust enrichment and other theories.
The Company has also been a defendant in legal proceedings arising from the manufacture and sale of non-lead-based paints
that seek recovery based upon various legal theories, including the failure to adequately warn of potential exposure to lead
during surface preparation when using non-lead-based paint on surfaces previously painted with lead-based paint. Other than
currently pending cases and the California Proceedings, identified in the Public Nuisance Claim Litigation section, all of these
legal proceedings have been concluded in favor of the Company and other defendants at various stages in the proceedings. In
addition, from time to time, various legislation and administrative regulations have been enacted, promulgated or proposed to
impose obligations on present and former manufacturers of lead pigments and lead-based paints respecting asserted health
concerns associated with such products or to overturn the effect of court decisions in which the Company and other
manufacturers have been successful. The Company is vigorously defending all lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation. The
Company expects that additional lead pigment and lead-based paint litigation may be filed against the Company in the future
asserting similar or different legal theories and seeking similar or different types of damages and relief. The Company will
continue to vigorously defend against any additional litigation that may be filed, including utilizing all avenues of appeal, if
necessary.
Public Nuisance Claim Litigation. The Company and other companies have been defendants in legal proceedings seeking
recovery based on public nuisance liability theories, among other theories, brought by various states, cities and counties,
including by the State of Rhode Island; the City of St. Louis, Missouri; various cities and counties in the State of New Jersey;
various cities in the State of Ohio and the State of Ohio; the City of Chicago, Illinois; the City of Milwaukee, Wisconsin; the
County of Santa Clara, California and other public entities in the State of California (the California Proceedings); and Lehigh
and Montgomery Counties in Pennsylvania. Except for the California Proceedings in which the Company reached a court-
approved agreement in 2019 after nearly twenty years of litigation, all of those legal proceedings have been concluded in favor
of the Company and other defendants at various stages in the proceedings. Most recently, on May 7, 2024, as further described
below in Wisconsin Litigation, three plaintiffs filed amended complaints alleging, in part, public nuisance claims.
Wisconsin Litigation. The Company and other companies are or have been defendants in a number of legal proceedings seeking
monetary damages and other relief from alleged personal injuries. The current proceedings consist of two federal court cases
pending in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Wisconsin (Ernest Gibson v. American Cyanamid, et al.
and Deziree and Detareion Valoe v. American Cyanamid, et. al.) and one case pending in Milwaukee County Circuit Court in
Wisconsin (Arrieona Beal v. Armstrong Containers, Inc., et al.). Those matters include claims by four individuals allegedly
injured from ingestion of lead pigment or lead-containing paint while they were minors. The plaintiffs generally seek
compensatory damages and have invoked Wisconsin’s risk contribution theory (which is similar to market share liability,
except that liability can be joint and several) due to the plaintiff’s inability to identify the manufacturer of any product that
allegedly injured the plaintiff. In the Gibson and Valoe cases, which are pending in federal court, the three individual plaintiffs
filed amended complaints on May 7, 2024, alleging strict liability, negligence and public nuisance claims. The defendants filed
motions to dismiss the plaintiffs’ amended complaints on June 20, 2024. On November 8, 2024, the district court granted in part
and denied in part defendants’ motions to dismiss the amended complaints, dismissing the second cause of action for general
negligence and plaintiffs’ abatement allegations, but otherwise permitting the case to proceed. On December 6, 2024, the
Company and some of the other defendants filed a third-party complaint against NL Industries, Inc. (NL) and the owners and
landlords of the properties where the Gibson and Valoe plaintiffs resided. On January 30, 2025, the federal court entered a
stipulated order dismissing NL pursuant to the execution of a Pierringer release settlement agreement between plaintiffs and NL
where the plaintiffs have agreed to indemnify NL against claims for contribution from the Company and some of the other
defendants. Some of the owners and landlords filed motions to dismiss the third-party complaints, which motions the federal
court denied on September 4, 2025. The parties are conducting discovery, and discovery is scheduled to be completed by
December 15, 2026. In the separate state court proceeding, on August 24, 2021, Arrieona Beal filed an amended complaint in
Milwaukee County Circuit Court, naming the Company and other alleged former lead pigment manufacturers as defendants
pursuant to the risk contribution liability theory. The plaintiff previously had sued her landlords. On January 3, 2024, the
Company and some of the other manufacturing defendants filed a third-party complaint against NL and cross-claims against the
landlord defendants. On January 10, 2024, one of the landlord defendants filed a counterclaim and cross-claim against all
parties. On February 27, 2025, landlord defendants Hattie and Jerry Mitchell were voluntarily dismissed pursuant to the
execution of a Pierringer release settlement agreement between plaintiff and the landlord defendants where the plaintiff has
agreed to indemnify the landlord defendants against claims for contribution from the Company and the other defendants. On
October 6, 2025, the court entered an amended scheduling order indicating that trial will be scheduled between January 15,
2027 and March 31, 2027, on dates to be set by the court.
78
Other matters. On December 18, 2019, the New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection, the Commissioner of the
New Jersey Department of Environmental Protection and the Administrator of the New Jersey Spill Compensation Fund
(collectively, the NJ DEP) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Superior Court of New Jersey Law Division in Camden
County, New Jersey. The NJ DEP seeks to recover natural resource damages, punitive damages and litigation fees and costs, as
well as other costs, damages, declaratory relief and penalties pursuant to New Jersey state statutes and common law theories in
connection with the alleged discharge of hazardous substances and pollutants at the Company’s Gibbsboro, New Jersey site, a
former manufacturing plant and related facilities. There is an ongoing discovery dispute that remains pending between the
Company and the NJ DEP. The court adjourned a February 2026 trial date and set a status conference for March 2, 2026, with a
new trial date to be determined.
In July 2024, a third-party assurance, testing, inspection and certification provider (the Third-Party Provider) changed its listing
for Firetex FX9502, one of the Company’s protective coatings products, an intumescent coating used for fire protection of steel
beam assemblies. The Company has received claims regarding this matter, including from a competitor (which culminated in
the false advertising claim described below), and is working with its customers and end users to assist in understanding the
potential impacts of the listing change, including the extent of potential remedial action that may involve the application of
additional product. The Company is also investigating potential inaccuracies for certain other Firetex intumescent products
arising out of tests conducted on those products by the Third-Party Provider. Additionally, the Company is investigating an
issue in connection with its Firetex Design Estimator software in which the software recommended estimated dry film
thicknesses (DFT) for certain intumescent products that were in excess of published maximum DFTs, for which the Company
has also received claims. The Company’s review of these matters is ongoing.
On September 2, 2025, Carboline Global Inc. (Carboline) filed a lawsuit against the Company in the Eastern District of
Missouri, which alleges that the Company violated the Lanham Act by disseminating false advertisements related to Firetex
FX9502, an intumescent coating used for fire protection of steel beam assemblies. Carboline’s claim arises from a change to the
product’s listing by the Third-Party Provider. Carboline seeks actual damages, treble damages, fees and costs, and injunctive
relief. The Company moved to dismiss Carboline’s complaint on October 24, 2025. Carboline filed an amended complaint on
November 14, 2025, which the Company moved to dismiss on November 28, 2025.
NOTE 12 – SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Capital Stock
At December 31, 2025, there were 900,000,000 shares of common stock and 30,000,000 shares of serial preferred stock
authorized for issuance. Of the authorized serial preferred stock, 3,000,000 shares are designated as cumulative redeemable
serial preferred stock. There we no shares of serial preferred stock issued during 2025, 2024 or 2023.
Effective April 16, 2025, the Company’s shareholders approved The Sherwin-Williams Company 2025 Equity and Incentive
Compensation Plan (2025 Plan). The 2025 Plan replaces The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and Performance
Incentive Plan (2006 Plan) (Amended and Restated as of October 13, 2023), The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Stock Plan
for Nonemployee Directors and The Sherwin-Williams Company 2007 Executive Annual Performance Bonus Plan (Amended
and Restated as of October 13, 2023). The number of shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2025 Plan is
21,969,555.
An aggregate of 28,832,770, 13,603,814 and 15,830,386 shares of common stock at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively, were reserved for the exercise and future grants of option rights and future grants of restricted stock and restricted
stock units collectively under the 2025 Plan and 2006 Plan. See Note 14 for further information related to stock-based
compensation.
Shares outstanding shown in the following table included 1,426,883 shares of common stock held in a revocable trust at
December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023. The revocable trust is used to accumulate assets for the purpose of funding the ultimate
obligation of certain non-qualified benefit plans. Transactions between the Company and the trust are accounted for in
accordance with the Deferred Compensation – Rabbi Trusts Subtopic of the Compensation Topic of the ASC, which requires
the assets held by the trust be consolidated with the Company’s accounts.
79
Shares
in Treasury
Shares
Outstanding
Balance at January 1, 2023
14,717,347
258,875,999
Shares issued for exercise of option rights
—
1,081,815
Shares tendered as payment for option rights exercised
10,467
negative10,467)
Shares issued for vesting of restricted stock units
—
302,713
Shares tendered in connection with vesting of restricted stock units
106,770
negative106,770)
Treasury stock purchased
5,600,000
negative5,600,000)
Balance at December 31, 2023
20,434,584
254,543,290
Shares issued for exercise of option rights
—
1,879,285
Shares tendered as payment for option rights exercised
11,884
negative11,884)
Shares issued for vesting of restricted stock units
—
122,276
Shares tendered in connection with vesting of restricted stock units
41,867
negative41,867)
Treasury stock purchased
5,200,000
negative5,200,000)
Balance at December 31, 2024
25,688,335
251,291,100
Shares issued for exercise of option rights
—
1,103,257
Shares tendered as payment for option rights exercised
7,885
negative7,885)
Shares issued for vesting of restricted stock units
—
176,018
Shares tendered in connection with vesting of restricted stock units
61,027
negative61,027)
Treasury stock purchased
4,800,000
negative4,800,000)
Treasury stock retired
negative29,491,963)
—
Balance at December 31, 2025
1,065,284
247,701,463
Treasury Stock
The Company acquires its common stock for general corporate purposes through its publicly announced share repurchase
program. As of December 31, 2025, the Company had remaining authorization from its Board of Directors to purchase 29.6
million shares of its common stock. The table below summarizes the Company’s share repurchase activity:
2025
2024
2023
Treasury stock purchases (in millions)
$
1,656.4
$
1,738.8
$
1,432.0
Treasury stock purchases (in shares)
4,800,000
5,200,000
5,600,000
Average price per share
$
345.09
$
334.38
$
255.72
Other Capital
During the year ended December 31, 2025, $58.9 million was recorded to Other capital related to settlements associated with
accelerated treasury stock repurchase agreements.
Dividends
The following table summarizes the dividends declared and paid on common stock:
2025
2024
2023
Cash dividend per share
$
3.16
$
2.86
$
2.42
Total dividends (in millions)
789.8
723.4
623.7
80
NOTE 13 – DEFINED CONTRIBUTION SAVINGS PLAN
As of December 31, 2025, 42,861 employees contributed to the Company’s defined contribution savings plan, voluntary to all
eligible salaried employees and any employee in a group of employees to which coverage has been extended on a non-
discriminatory basis by the plan’s Administration Committee. Participants are allowed to contribute, on a pre-tax or after-tax
basis, up to the lesser of fifty percent of their annual compensation or the maximum dollar amount allowed under the Internal
Revenue Code. The Company matches one hundred percent of all contributions up to six percent of eligible employee
contributions. In addition to the matching contribution, the Company may elect to make discretionary contributions as permitted
in the plan document. Participant and company contributions may be invested in a variety of investment funds or a Company
common stock fund and may be exchanged between investments as directed by the participant. Participants are permitted to
diversify both future and prior Company matching contributions previously allocated to the Company common stock fund into
a variety of investment funds.
The Company made contributions to the defined contribution savings plan on behalf of participating employees, representing
amounts authorized by employees to be withheld from their earnings, of $278.9 million, $279.6 million and $260.5 million in
2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The Company’s contributions charged to operations related to the defined contribution
savings plan were $184.2 million, $165.1 million and $153.9 million for 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
At December 31, 2025, there were 14,886,577 shares of the Company’s common stock being held by the defined contribution
savings plan, representing 6.0% of the total number of voting shares outstanding. Shares of Company common stock credited to
each participant’s account under the defined contribution savings plan are voted by the trustee under instructions from each
individual plan participant. Shares for which no instructions are received are voted by the trustee in the same proportion as
those for which instructions are received.
NOTE 14 – STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION
At the Annual Meeting of Shareholders on April 16, 2025, the Company’s shareholders approved The Sherwin-Williams
Company 2025 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan (the 2025 Plan). The 2025 Plan became effective as of the approval
date and replaced The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (Amended and Restated as of
October 13, 2023), The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Stock Plan for Nonemployee Directors and The Sherwin-Williams
Company 2007 Executive Annual Performance Bonus Plan (Amended and Restated as of October 13, 2023). The 2025 Plan
authorizes the Board of Directors, or a committee of the Board of Directors, to issue or transfer up to the aggregate of
21,969,555 shares of common stock, plus any shares relating to awards that expire, are forfeited or canceled. The Company will
issue new shares upon exercise of option rights (options) and vesting of restricted stock units (RSUs). The 2025 Plan permits
the granting of options, appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance shares and performance units to eligible
employees and members of the Board of Directors who are not employees of the Company. Shares available for future grants
under the 2025 Plan were 21,067,821 at December 31, 2025.
Now replaced, The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan and The Sherwin-Williams
Company 2006 Stock Plan for Nonemployee Directors (collectively, the 2006 Plans) authorized the Board of Directors, or a
committee of the Board of Directors, to issue or transfer up to an aggregate of 71,100,000 and 600,000 shares of common stock,
plus any shares relating to awards that expired, were forfeited or canceled to eligible employees and members of the Board of
Directors who are not employees of the Company, respectively. While the Company issued shares upon exercise of options and
vesting of RSUs, the 2006 Plans permitted the granting of options, appreciation rights, restricted stock, RSUs, performance
shares and performance units to eligible employees and options, appreciation rights, restricted stock and RSUs to nonemployee
directors. At December 31, 2025, no appreciation rights, performance shares or performance units had been granted to eligible
employees and no options or appreciation rights had been granted to nonemployee directors. No further grants may be made
under the 2006 Plans and all rights granted remain to their terms.
At December 31, 2025, the Company had total unrecognized stock-based compensation expense of $173.5 million that is
expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.06 years.
2025
2024
2023
Stock-based compensation expense
$
123.5
$
138.1
$
115.9
Income tax benefit recognized
30.4
34.1
28.6
81
Excess tax benefits from share-based payments are recognized as an income tax benefit in the Statements of Consolidated
Income when options are exercised and RSUs vest. For the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s
excess tax benefit from options exercised and RSUs vested reduced the income tax provision by $50.1 million, $73.0 million
and $35.7 million, respectively.
Options
The fair value of the Company’s options was estimated at the date of grant using a Black-Scholes-Merton option-pricing model
with the following weighted-average assumptions for all options granted:
2025
2024
2023
Risk-free interest rate
3.65 %
3.93 %
4.57 %
Expected life of options
5.02 years
5.02 years
5.02 years
Expected dividend yield of stock
.83 %
.83 %
.94 %
Expected volatility of stock
25.9 %
27.5 %
29.3 %
The risk-free interest rate is based upon the U.S. Treasury yield curve at the time of grant. The expected life of options was
calculated using a scenario analysis model. Historical data was used to aggregate the holding period from actual exercises, post-
vesting cancellations and hypothetical assumed exercises on all outstanding options. The expected dividend yield of stock is the
Company’s best estimate of the expected future dividend yield. Expected volatility of stock was calculated using historical and
implied volatilities.
Grants of non-qualified and incentive stock options have been awarded to certain officers and key employees under the 2006
and 2025 Plans. The options generally become exercisable to the extent of one-third of the optioned shares for each full year
following the date of grant and generally expire ten years after the date of grant. Unrecognized compensation expense with
respect to options granted to eligible employees amounted to $124.1 million at December 31, 2025. The unrecognized
compensation expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the three-year vesting period, net of estimated forfeitures
based on historical activity, and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.11 years.
The following table summarizes the Company’s option activity:
Optioned
Shares
Weighted
Average
Exercise Price
Per Share
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term
(in Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 2025
7,934,866
$
209.39
$
1,074.4
5.69
Granted
997,620
333.33
Exercised
negative1,104,640)
129.38
Forfeited
negative62,897)
314.19
Outstanding at December 31, 2025
7,764,949
235.79
$
744.0
5.71
Exercisable at December 31, 2025
5,867,455
$
204.28
$
719.3
4.61
The following table summarizes fair value and intrinsic value information for option activity:
2025
2024
2023
Weighted average grant date fair value per share
$
90.83
$
109.05
$
77.08
Total fair value of options vested
78.6
66.8
61.3
Total intrinsic value of options exercised
247.7
402.7
170.6
82
RSUs
The fair value of each RSU is equal to the market value of a share of the Company’s stock on the grant date. Grants of time-
based RSUs, which generally require three years of continuous employment from the date of grant before vesting and receiving
the stock without restriction, have been awarded to certain officers and key employees under the 2006 and 2025 Plans. The
February 2025, 2024 and 2023 grants of performance-based RSUs vest at the end of a three-year period based on the
Company’s achievement of specified financial and operating performance goals relating to earnings per share and return on net
assets employed.
Unrecognized compensation expense with respect to grants of RSUs to eligible employees amounted to $47.4 million at
December 31, 2025. The unrecognized compensation expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the vesting period
and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.85 years.
Grants of RSUs have been awarded to nonemployee directors under the 2006 and 2025 Plans. These grants generally vest and
stock is received without restriction to the extent of one-third of the RSUs for each year following the date of grant.
Unrecognized compensation expense with respect to grants of RSUs to nonemployee directors amounted to $2.0 million at
December 31, 2025. The unrecognized compensation expense is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the three-year
vesting period and is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 0.90 years.
The following table summarizes the Company’s RSU activity:
Number of
RSUs
Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
Per Share
Aggregate
Intrinsic Value
Weighted
Average
Remaining
Term
(in Years)
Outstanding at January 1, 2025
433,014
$
265.03
$
147.2
1.18
Granted
189,326
354.05
Vested
negative176,018)
272.28
Forfeited
negative5,323)
264.51
Outstanding at December 31, 2025
440,999 $
288.21
$
142.9
0.97
The following table summarizes the fair value and intrinsic value information for RSU activity:
2025
2024
2023
Weighted average grant date fair value per share
$
354.05
$
305.50
$
232.22
Intrinsic value of RSUs vested during year
62.4
38.4
68.5
83
NOTE 15 – ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
The income and (loss) components of AOCI, including the adjustments for items that were reclassified from AOCI to Net
income, are shown below.
Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments (1)
Pension and
Other
Postretirement
Benefits
Adjustments (2)
Unrealized Net
Gains on Cash
Flow Hedges (3)
Total
Balance at January 1, 2023
$
negative810.8) $
78.3
$
31.9
$
negative700.6)
Amounts recognized in AOCI
93.9
3.9
—
97.8
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
—
negative17.9)
negative3.6)
negative21.5)
Balance at December 31, 2023
negative716.9)
64.3
28.3
negative624.3)
Amounts recognized in AOCI
negative256.0)
23.0
—
negative233.0)
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
—
negative14.2)
negative3.7)
negative17.9)
Balance at December 31, 2024
negative972.9)
73.1
24.6
negative875.2)
Amounts recognized in AOCI
253.5
negative2.1)
4.7
256.1
Amounts reclassified from AOCI
—
negative11.5)
negative3.8)
negative15.3)
Balance at December 31, 2025
$
negative719.4) $
59.5
$
25.5
$
negative634.4)
(1) Includes changes in the fair value of net investment hedges, net of taxes, of $negative129.2) million, $53.6 million and $negative24.9) million in 2025, 2024 and
2023, respectively. See Note 16 for further information.
(2) Net of taxes of $5.8 million, $negative2.0) million and $3.1 million in 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. See Note 8 for further information.
(3) Net of taxes of $(0.2) million in 2025 and $1.2 million in 2024 and 2023. See Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income and Note 16 for
further information.
NOTE 16 – DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING
Net Investment Hedges
The Company has entered into U.S. dollar to euro cross currency swap contracts with various counterparties to hedge the
Company’s net investment in its European operations. These contracts qualified for and were designated as net investment
hedges under US GAAP. During the term of the contracts, the Company will pay fixed-rate interest in euros and receive fixed-
rate interest in U.S. dollars, thereby effectively converting a portion of the Company's U.S. dollar denominated fixed-rate debt
to euro denominated fixed-rate debt. The cash flow impact of these net investment hedges is classified as an investing activity
in the Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows. The outstanding contracts as of December 31, 2025 are summarized by maturity
date in the table below.
Notional Value
Maturity Date
$
687.7
June 1, 2027
100.0
March 1, 2028
200.0
August 15, 2028
525.0
August 15, 2029
200.0
September 1, 2031
$
1,712.7
In August 2025, the Company extended the maturity date of a net investment hedge with a notional value of $200.0 million
from August 8, 2025 to August 15, 2028.
In August 2024, the Company settled its $150.0 million U.S. dollar to euro net investment hedge contract entered into on March
28, 2023. In May 2024, the Company settled its $500.0 million U.S. dollar to euro net investment hedge contract entered into
on February 13, 2020. At the time of both of these settlements, an immaterial unrealized loss, net of tax, was recognized in
AOCI.
In December 2023, the Company settled its $100.0 million U.S. dollar to euro net investment hedge contract entered into on
August 1, 2023. At the time of settlement, an immaterial unrealized gain, net of tax, was recognized in AOCI.
84
The following table summarizes the balance sheet location of the net investment hedge contracts. See Note 17 for further
information on the fair value of these contracts.
December 31,
2025
December 31,
2024
December 31,
2023
Other current assets
$
—
$
9.4
$
—
Other assets
—
39.5
—
Other accruals
—
—
12.0
Other long-term liabilities
122.6
—
12.4
The changes in fair value of the net investment hedges are recognized in the foreign currency translation adjustments
component of AOCI. See Note 15 for further information. The following table summarizes the unrealized (losses) gains, net of
taxes, for the years ended December 31:
2025
2024
2023
(Losses) gains
$
negative171.5) $
71.2
$
negative33.1)
Tax effect
42.3
negative17.6)
8.2
(Losses) gains, net of taxes
$
negative129.2) $
53.6
ne
gative 24.9
Cash Flow Hedges
In April 2025, in anticipation of a probable issuance of new long-term fixed rate debt within the next twelve months, the
Company entered into a series of interest rate lock contracts with an aggregate notional amount of $300.0 million. The interest
rate locks were designated as cash flow hedges with an objective to hedge the variability in the benchmark interest rate (US
Treasury). The interest rate locks settled in July 2025 for a $4.7 million gain, net of tax, which was recognized within Other
comprehensive income (loss), net of tax in the Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments
The Company enters into foreign currency option and forward contracts with maturity dates less than twelve months primarily
to hedge value changes in foreign currency. The related gains and losses are recorded in Other expense (income) - net. See Note
19 for further information.
NOTE 17 – FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS
The Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures Topic of the ASC applies to the Company’s financial and non-financial assets
and liabilities. The guidance applies when other standards require or permit the fair value measurement of assets and liabilities.
Under the guidance, assets and liabilities measured at fair value are categorized as follows:
Level 1: Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets
Level 2: Significant other observable inputs
Level 3: Significant unobservable inputs
There were no assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis classified as Level 3 at December 31, 2025, 2024
and 2023. Except for the acquisition-related fair value measurements, assets held for sale prior to the 2023 divestiture of the
China architectural business described in Note 3 and the goodwill and trademark quantitative impairment tests described in
Note 6, there were no assets or liabilities measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis. The following table summarizes the
Company’s assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, categorized using the fair value hierarchy.
85
December 31, 2025
December 31, 2024
December 31, 2023
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Assets:
Deferred compensation plan
$ 101.0 $ 101.0 $
—
$ 98.6 $ 98.6 $
—
$ 84.7 $ 84.7 $
—
Net investment hedges
—
—
—
48.9
—
48.9
—
—
—
$ 101.0 $ 101.0 $
—
$ 147.5 $ 98.6 $ 48.9
$ 84.7 $ 84.7 $
—
Liabilities:
Net investment hedges
$ 122.6 $
— $ 122.6
$
— $
— $
—
$ 24.4 $
— $ 24.4
The deferred compensation plan assets consist of the investment funds maintained for future payments under the Company’s
executive deferred compensation plans, which are structured as rabbi trusts. The investments are marketable securities accounted
for under the Debt and Equity Securities Topics of the ASC. The Level 1 investments are valued using quoted market prices
multiplied by the number of shares. There was $7.7 million, $7.0 million and $6.4 million of deferred compensation plan assets
held in partnership funds measured using NAV (or its equivalent) as a practical expedient as of December 31, 2025, December
31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively. These investments are not classified in the fair value hierarchy. The cost basis of
all investments within the deferred compensation plan was $80.7 million, $82.7 million and $76.3 million at December 31, 2025,
2024 and 2023, respectively.
The net investment hedges represent the fair value of the cross currency swaps. See Note 16 for further information. The fair
value is based on a valuation model that uses observable inputs, including interest rate curves and the euro foreign currency rate.
The carrying amounts reported for Cash and cash equivalents and Short-term borrowings approximate fair value.
The fair value of the Company’s publicly traded debt is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of the Company’s non-
publicly traded debt is estimated using discounted cash flow analyses, based on the Company’s current incremental borrowing
rates for similar types of borrowing arrangements. The Company’s publicly traded debt and non-publicly traded debt are
classified as Level 1 and Level 2, respectively, in the fair value hierarchy. The following table summarizes the carrying amounts
and fair values of the Company’s publicly traded debt and non-publicly traded debt.
December 31,
2025
2024
2023
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Carrying
Amount
Fair
Value
Publicly traded debt
$
9,670.7
$
8,813.7
$
9,225.8
$
8,172.8
$
9,475.8
$
8,615.1
Non-publicly traded debt
0.1
0.1
0.2
0.2
0.9
0.8
NOTE 18 – REVENUE
The Company manufactures and sells paint, stains, supplies, equipment and floor covering through company-operated stores,
branded and private label products through retailers and a broad range of industrial coatings directly to global manufacturing
customers through company-operated branches. A large portion of the Company’s revenue is recognized at a point in time and
made to customers who are not engaged in a long-term supply agreement or any form of contract with the Company. These
sales are paid for at the time of sale in cash, credit card or on account with the vast majority of customers having terms between
30 and 60 days, not to exceed one year. Many customers who purchase on account take advantage of early payment discounts
offered by paying within 30 days of being invoiced. The Company estimates variable consideration for these sales on the basis
of both historical information and current trends to estimate the expected amount of discounts to which customers are likely to
be entitled.
The remaining revenue is governed by long-term supply agreements and related purchase orders (contracts) that specify
shipping terms and aspects of the transaction price including rebates, discounts and other sales incentives, such as advertising
support. Contracts are at standalone pricing. The performance obligation in these contracts is determined by each of the
individual purchase orders and the respective stated quantities, with revenue being recognized at a point in time when
obligations under the terms of the agreement are satisfied. This generally occurs with the transfer of control of our products to
the customer. Sales, value add and other taxes we collect concurrent with revenue-producing activities are excluded from
revenue.
86
See Note 22 for the Company’s disaggregation of Net sales by Reportable Segment. As the Reportable Segments are aligned by
similar economic factors, trends and customers, this disaggregation best depicts how the nature, amount, timing and uncertainty
of revenue and cash flows are affected by economic factors. Approximately 80% of the Company’s Net sales are in the North
America region (which is comprised of the United States, Canada and the Caribbean region), slightly less than 10% in the
EMEAI region (Europe, Middle East, Africa and India), with the remaining global regions accounting for the residual balance.
No individual country outside of the United States is individually significant.
The Company has made payments or given credits for various incentives at the beginning of a long-term contract where future
revenue is expected and before satisfaction of performance obligations. Under these circumstances, the Company recognizes a
contract asset and amortizes these prepayments as a reduction to Net sales over the expected benefit life of the long-term
contract, typically on a straight-line basis.
The majority of variable consideration in the Company’s contracts include volume rebates, discounts and other incentives,
where the customer receives a retrospective percentage rebate based on the amount of their purchases. In these situations, the
rebates are accrued as a fixed percentage of sales and recorded as a reduction of Net sales until paid to the customer per the
terms of the contract. Forms of variable consideration such as tiered rebates, whereby a customer receives a retrospective price
decrease dependent on the volume of their purchases, are calculated using a forecasted percentage to determine the most likely
amount to accrue. Management creates a baseline calculation using historical sales and then utilizing forecast information,
estimates the anticipated sales volume each quarter to calculate the expected reduction to Net sales. The remainder of the
transaction price is fixed as agreed upon with the customer, limiting estimation of revenues, including constraints.
Deferred revenue and related amounts recognized as Net sales during the year were not material. The Company’s Accounts
receivable and current and long-term contract assets and liabilities are summarized in the following table.
Accounts
Receivable,
Less
Allowance
Contract Assets
(Current)
Contract Assets
(Long-Term)
Contract
Liabilities
(Current)
Contract
Liabilities
(Long-Term)
Balance sheet caption:
Accounts
receivable
Other current
assets
Other assets
Other accruals
Other liabilities
Balance at December 31, 2024
$
2,388.8
$
55.0
$
231.0
$
386.2
$
1.6
Balance at December 31, 2025
2,791.2
73.3
227.7
427.3
10.3
The difference between the opening and closing balances of the Company’s contract assets and contract liabilities primarily
results from the timing difference between the contractual performance obligation and the associated payment.
Provisions for estimated returns are recognized as contra-revenue per ASC 606 when products are sold. The Company records a
right of return liability within each of its operations to accrue for expected customer returns. Historical actual returns are used to
estimate future returns as a percentage of current sales. Obligations for returns and refunds were not material individually or in
the aggregate.
The Company only offers an assurance type warranty on products sold, and there is no material service to the customer beyond
fixing defects that existed at the time of sale and no warranties are sold separately. Warranty liabilities are excluded from the
table above.
Allowance for Current Expected Credit Losses
The following table summarizes the movement in the Company’s allowance for current expected credit losses:
2025
2024
2023
Beginning balance
$
60.4
$
59.6
$
56.6
Bad debt expense
49.3
69.5
67.9
Uncollectible accounts written off, net of recoveries
negative47.2)
negative68.7)
negative64.9)
Ending balance
$
62.5
$
60.4
$
59.6
87
NOTE 19 – OTHER (INCOME) EXPENSE
Other General (Income) Expense - Net
Included in Other general (income) expense - net were the following:
2025
2024
2023
Provisions for environmental matters - net
$
15.3
ne
gative $ 1.3 $
80.7
Gain on divestiture of business negativesee Note 3)
—
—
(20.1)
negativeGain) loss on sale or disposition of assets
negativ e 34.4
negative 49.8
0.9
Other
8.5
12.4
5.6
Total
ne
gative $10.2 ne
gative $38.8 $
67.1
Provisions for environmental matters – net represent initial provisions for site-specific estimated costs of environmental
investigation or remediation and increases or decreases to environmental-related accruals as information becomes available
upon which more accurate costs can be reasonably estimated and as additional accounting guidelines are issued. Provisions for
environmental matters - net for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 included an immaterial amount of insurance
proceeds related to environmental cleanup at a current manufacturing site. See Note 10 for further information on the
Company’s environmental-related activities.
The (gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets represents the net realized (gain) loss associated with the sale or disposal of
property, plant and equipment and intangible assets previously used in the conduct of the primary business of the Company.
(Gain) loss on sale or disposition of assets for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 included an immaterial
amount of insurance proceeds related to previous asset losses at a current manufacturing site.
There were no items within the Other caption that were individually significant at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
Other Expense (Income) - Net
Included in Other expense (income) - net were the following:
2025
2024
2023
Investment gains
$
negative9.9) $
negative16.9) $
negative22.9)
Loss on extinguishment of debt (see Note 7)
—
—
12.8
Net expense from banking activities
16.4
15.7
15.0
Foreign currency transaction related losses - net
45.4
3.9
80.5
Miscellaneous pension and benefit income
negative13.0)
negative13.1)
negative21.1)
Other income
negative30.6)
negative69.8)
negative48.5)
Other expense
12.6
35.5
49.7
Total
$
20.9
$
negative44.7) $
65.5
Investment gains primarily relate to the change in market value of the investments held in the deferred compensation plans. See
Note 17 for further information on the fair value of these investments.
Foreign currency transaction related losses - net include the impact from foreign currency transactions, including from highly
inflationary economies such as Argentina and net realized losses from foreign currency option and forward contracts. See Note
16 for further information regarding these foreign currency contracts. In addition, an immaterial loss was recognized in 2025
from a transaction to convert a foreign currency with limited liquidity to the U.S. dollar.
Miscellaneous pension and benefit income consists of the non-service components of Net periodic pension and benefit cost
(credit). See Note 8 for further information.
Other income and Other expense include items of revenue, gains, expenses and losses that were unrelated to the primary
business purpose of the Company. There were no items within Other income or Other expense that were individually significant
at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023.
88
NOTE 20 – INCOME TAXES
On July 4, 2025, U.S. tax reform legislation known as the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the Tax Act) was signed into law. Key
provisions of the Tax Act relevant to the Company’s operations include immediate expensing of certain domestic capital
expenditures and domestic research and development costs, and the ability to accelerate previously capitalized domestic
research and development costs beginning in 2025. Other changes, which are primarily related to U.S. international tax
provisions, begin in 2026. The Tax Act did not materially change the Company’s effective tax rate for 2025. The Company has
reflected the effects of the Tax Act in the consolidated financial statements for the year ending December 31, 2025, in
accordance with the Income Taxes Topic of the ASC.
Significant components of the provisions for income taxes were as follows:
2025
2024
2023
Current:
Federal
$
374.0
$
558.0
$
553.4
Foreign
157.3
155.1
147.6
State and local
85.2
132.2
109.0
Total current
616.5
845.3
810.0
Deferred:
Federal
170.6
negative54.8)
negative39.9)
Foreign
negative44.0)
negative15.8)
negative51.5)
State and local
26.6
negative4.3)
2.5
Total deferred
153.2
negative74.9)
negative88.9)
Total provisions for income taxes
$
769.7
$
770.4
$
721.1
The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate for the current year in accordance with the
adoption of ASU 2023-09 is as follows:
2025
Statutory federal income tax rate
$
701.0
21.0 %
Effect of:
State and local income taxes (1)
103.2
3.2
Foreign tax effects
41.2
1.2
Effect of cross border tax law
negative6.4)
negative0.2)
Tax credits:
Investment vehicles
negative8.7)
negative0.3)
Other
negative8.8)
negative0.3)
Changes in valuation allowances
3.6
0.1
Nontaxable or nondeductible items:
Employee share-based payments
negative50.1)
negative1.5)
Other
1.9
0.1
Changes in unrecognized tax benefits
negative7.2)
negative0.2)
Reported effective tax rate
$
769.7
23.1 %
(1) California, Texas, Illinois, Florida, Pennsylvania, New York, Wisconsin, and New Jersey make up greater
than 50% of state and local income taxes.
89
A reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective tax rate for years prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09
is as follows:
2024
2023
Statutory federal income tax rate
21.0 %
21.0 %
Effect of:
State and local income taxes
3.2
3.0
Investment vehicles
negative0.5)
negative0.5)
Employee share-based payments
negative2.1)
negative1.1)
Research and development credits
negative0.3)
negative0.4)
Amended returns and refunds
negative0.2)
0.2
Taxes on non-U.S. earnings
1.1
0.8
Other - net
0.1
0.2
Reported effective tax rate
22.3 %
23.2 %
The increase in the effective tax rate for 2025 compared to 2024 was primarily attributable to less favorable impacts of tax
benefits related to employee share-based payments. The other significant components of the Company’s effective tax rate were
consistent year-over-year.
Significant components of Income before income taxes as used for income tax purposes, were as follows:
2025
2024
2023
Domestic
$
3,019.3
$
3,046.6
$
2,817.0
Foreign
318.9
405.2
292.9
Income before income taxes
$
3,338.2
$
3,451.8
$
3,109.9
A summary of total income taxes paid, net of refunds, in accordance with the adoption of ASU 2023-09 for the year ended
December 31, 2025, is as follows:
Federal
$
317.8
Foreign
188.2
State and local
86.7
Total income taxes paid, net of refunds
$
592.7
Individual jurisdictions comprising greater than 5% of total income taxes paid, net of refunds, for the year end December 31,
2025 include the U.S. Federal, Mexico and Brazil for $317.8 million, $48.3 million and $47.5 million, respectively.
90
Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes using the enacted tax rates and laws that are
currently in effect.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities were as follows as of December 31:
2025
2024
2023
Deferred tax assets:
Environmental and other similar items
$
62.9
$
66.8
$
72.0
Employee related and benefit items
176.8
175.2
162.1
Operating lease liabilities
510.5
499.6
483.2
Research and development capitalization
—
103.9
81.5
Tax loss carryforwards & credits
174.9
137.9
134.4
Other items
162.5
193.1
177.8
Total gross deferred tax assets
1,087.6
1,176.5
1,111.0
Valuation allowance
negative158.0)
negative124.5)
negative106.6)
Total deferred tax assets
929.6
1,052.0
1,004.4
Deferred tax liabilities:
Intangible assets and Property, plant and equipment, net
921.4
948.7
1,001.1
LIFO inventories
130.9
120.5
115.2
Operating lease right-of-use assets
491.8
482.1
465.6
Other items
56.3
40.7
28.6
Total deferred tax liabilities
1,600.4
1,592.0
1,610.5
Net deferred tax liabilities
$
670.8
$
540.0
$
606.1
Netted against the Company’s deferred tax assets were valuation allowances of $158.0 million, $124.5 million and $106.6
million at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. The valuation allowances as of December 31, 2025 are primarily
related to certain foreign jurisdictions with cumulative losses and U.S foreign tax credits where future projections of foreign
source income result in uncertainty regarding recovery. The Company has $12.5 million of domestic net operating loss
carryforwards acquired through acquisitions that have expiration dates through tax year 2037, foreign tax credits of $54.0
million that expire in tax years 2028 through 2035 and foreign net operating losses of $402.6 million. The foreign net operating
losses are related to various jurisdictions that provide for both indefinite carryforward periods and others with carryforward
periods that expire between tax years 2026 to 2035.
The Company and its subsidiaries file income tax returns in the U.S. federal and various state and foreign jurisdictions. The
Company finalized the IRS audit for the 2017 through 2019 income tax returns in the fourth quarter of 2024 and paid the related
tax and interest assessments in 2025. The Company’s 2020 through 2022 income tax returns are currently under IRS audit. As
of December 31, 2025, the federal statute of limitations has not expired for the 2020 through 2025 tax years.
As of December 31, 2025, the Company is subject to non-U.S. income tax examinations for the tax years of 2014 through 2025.
In addition, the Company is subject to state and local income tax examinations for tax years 2016 through 2025.
91
A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of unrecognized tax benefits is as follows:
2025
2024
2023
Balance at beginning of year
$
99.3
$
121.8
$
242.4
Additions based on tax positions related to the current year
16.5
16.0
14.2
Additions for tax positions of prior years
3.9
12.8
12.6
Reductions for tax positions of prior years
negative6.5)
negative8.6)
negative16.9)
Settlements
negative1.7)
negative31.7)
negative123.2)
Lapses of statutes of limitations
negative4.6)
negative11.0)
negative7.3)
Balance at end of year
$
106.9
$
99.3
$
121.8
The increase in unrecognized tax benefits was primarily related to new positions related to the current year for U.S. federal and
various state jurisdictions. These additions were partially offset by various positions taken on prior year income tax returns filed
for U.S. federal and various state jurisdictions that were no longer deemed to be at risk or positions reversed due to the lapse of
statutes of limitations. At December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized,
would affect the effective tax rate was $91.9 million, $84.0 million and $109.4 million, respectively.
The Company classifies all income tax related interest and penalties as income tax expense. During the years ended
December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023 there was an increase in income tax interest and penalties of $5.5 million, $7.8 million and
$5.9 million, respectively. The Company accrued $23.9 million, $18.8 million and $20.4 million at December 31, 2025, 2024
and 2023, respectively, for the potential payment of interest and penalties.
NOTE 21 – NET INCOME PER SHARE
Basic and diluted net income per share are calculated using the treasury stock method.
2025
2024
2023
Basic
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
$
2,388.8
Weighted average shares outstanding
247.6
251.0
255.4
Basic net income per share
$
10.37
$
10.68
$
9.35
Diluted
Net income
$
2,568.5
$
2,681.4
$
2,388.8
Weighted average shares outstanding assuming dilution:
Weighted average shares outstanding
247.6
251.0
255.4
Stock options and other contingently issuable shares (1)
2.8
3.1
2.9
Weighted average shares outstanding assuming dilution
250.4
254.1
258.3
Diluted net income per share
$
10.26
$
10.55
$
9.25
(1) Stock options and other contingently issuable shares excludes 1.8 million, 0.9 million and 2.8 million shares at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively, due to their anti-dilutive effect.
NOTE 22 – REPORTABLE SEGMENT INFORMATION
The Company reports its segment information in the same way that management internally organizes its business for assessing
performance and making decisions regarding the allocation of resources in accordance with the Segment Reporting Topic of the
ASC. The Company determined it has three reportable segments: Paint Stores Group, Consumer Brands Group and
Performance Coatings Group (individually, a Reportable Segment and collectively, the Reportable Segments). Effective
January 1, 2025, management realigned a nonsignificant high-performance flooring business to the Paint Stores Group from the
Performance Coatings Group. Comparative segment information as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 has not been recast for this
change. Factors considered in determining the three Reportable Segments of the Company include the nature of business
activities, the management directly accountable to the Company’s Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) for operating and
administrative activities, availability of discrete financial information and information presented to the Board of Directors. The
Company reports all other business activities within the Administrative function.
92
The Company’s CODM has been identified as the Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer because she has final authority
over performance assessment and resource allocation decisions. Because of the diverse operations of the Company, the CODM
regularly receives and uses discrete financial information about each Reportable Segment as well as select supplemental
financial information about certain divisions, business units or subsidiaries of the Company. The CODM uses all such financial
information for performance assessments and resource allocation decisions by comparing actual results versus forecasted and
historical financial information and discussing observations with the broader leadership team responsible for managing the
operations of each Reportable Segment on a monthly basis. This includes probing inquiries and consideration of relevant
internal and external factors to drive meaningful insights and specific actions. The CODM evaluates the performance of and
allocates resources to the Reportable Segments based on Segment profit or loss, which represents the segments’ Income before
income taxes. The accounting policies of the Reportable Segments are the same as those described in Note 1.
The Paint Stores Group consisted of 4,853 company-operated specialty paint stores in the United States, Canada and the
Caribbean region at December 31, 2025. Each store in this segment is engaged in servicing the needs of architectural and
industrial paint contractors and do-it-yourself homeowners. These stores market and sell Sherwin-Williams® and other
controlled brand architectural paint and coatings, protective and marine products, OEM product finishes and related products.
The majority of these products are produced by manufacturing facilities in the Consumer Brands Group. In addition, each store
sells select purchased associated products. The loss of any single customer would not have a material adverse effect on the
business of this segment. During 2025, this segment opened 80 net new stores, consisting of 83 new stores opened and 3 stores
closed. In 2024 and 2023, this segment opened 79 and 70 net new stores, respectively. In accordance with ASC 280-10-50-9,
the Paint Stores Group as a whole is considered the operating segment, and because it meets the criteria in ASC 280-10-50-10,
it is also considered a Reportable Segment.
The Consumer Brands Group manufactures and supplies a broad portfolio of branded and private-label architectural paint,
stains, varnishes, industrial products, wood finishes products, wood preservatives, applicators, corrosion inhibitors, aerosols,
caulks and adhesives to retailers, including home centers and hardware stores, dedicated dealers and distributors throughout
North America, Latin America and Europe. Sales and marketing of certain controlled brand and private-label products is
performed by a direct sales staff. The products distributed through third-party customers are intended for resale to the ultimate
end-user of the product. The Consumer Brands Group also consisted of 307 company-operated specialty paint stores in Latin
America at December 31, 2025. Each store in this segment is engaged in servicing the needs of home, commercial and
industrial projects to contractors and do-it-yourself customers in Latin America. These stores market and sell Sherwin-
Williams® and other controlled brand architectural paint and coatings, protective and marine products, OEM product finishes
and related products which are branded for the Latin America market. In addition, each store sells select purchased associated
products. The Consumer Brands Group had sales to certain customers that, individually, may be a significant portion of the
sales and related profitability of the segment. During 2025, the segment opened 13 new stores and closed 40 for a net closure of
27 stores. In 2024 and 2023, this segment opened 16 and 11 net new stores, respectively.
The Consumer Brands Group also supports the Company’s other businesses around the world with new product research and
development, manufacturing, distribution and logistics. Approximately 63% of the total sales of the Consumer Brands Group in
2025 were intersegment transfers of products primarily sold through the Paint Stores Group. This segment incurred most of the
Company’s capital expenditures related to ongoing environmental compliance measures, manufacturing capacity expansion,
operational efficiencies and maintenance projects at sites currently in operation. In accordance with ASC 280-10-50-9, the
Consumer Brands Group as a whole is considered the operating segment, and because it meets the criteria in ASC
280-10-50-10, it is also considered a Reportable Segment.
The Performance Coatings Group develops and sells industrial coatings for wood finishing and general industrial (metal and
plastic) applications, automotive refinish, protective and marine coatings, coil coatings, packaging coatings and performance-
based resins and colorants worldwide. This segment licenses certain technology and trade names worldwide, including
Sherwin-Williams® and other controlled brand products. These are distributed through the Paint Stores Group, this segment’s
317 company-operated branches, and by direct sales staff and outside sales representatives to retailers, dealers, jobbers,
licensees and other third-party distributors. The Performance Coatings Group had sales to certain customers that, individually,
may be a significant portion of the sales of the segment. However, the loss of any single customer would not have a material
adverse effect on the overall profitability of the segment. During 2025, the segment opened 6 branches and closed 13 branches
for a net closure of 7 branches. In 2024 and 2023, this segment added 2 and 5 net new branches, respectively. In accordance
with ASC 280-10-50-9, the Performance Coatings Group as a whole is considered the operating segment, and because it meets
the criteria in ASC 280-10-50-10, it is also considered a Reportable Segment.
93
The Administrative function includes the administrative expenses and assets of the Company’s new global headquarters and
research and development center. In addition, it includes the operations of a real estate management unit that is responsible for
the ownership, management and leasing of non-retail properties held primarily for use by the Company, including the
Company’s former and current global headquarters and former research and development center and disposal of idle facilities.
The Administrative function’s remaining assets consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents, investments and noncurrent
pension assets. Also included in the Administrative function was interest expense, interest and investment income, certain
expenses related to closed facilities and environmental-related matters and other expenses that were not directly associated with
the Reportable Segments. Sales of this function represent external leasing revenue. The Administrative function did not include
any significant foreign operations. Gains and losses from the sale of property were not a significant operating factor in
determining the performance of the Administrative function.
Net sales of all consolidated foreign subsidiaries were $4.615 billion, $4.426 billion and $4.428 billion for 2025, 2024 and
2023, respectively.
Long-lived assets consisted of Property, plant and equipment, net, Goodwill, Intangible assets, net, Operating lease right-of-use
assets, noncurrent pension assets and Other assets. The aggregate total of long-lived assets for the Company was $19.894
billion, $18.231 billion and $17.441 billion at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively. Long-lived assets of
consolidated foreign subsidiaries totaled $4.794 billion, $3.405 billion and $3.586 billion at December 31, 2025, 2024 and
2023, respectively.
Total Assets of the Company were $25.902 billion, $23.633 billion and $22.954 billion at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023,
respectively. Total assets of consolidated foreign subsidiaries were $7.237 billion, $5.208 billion and $5.718 billion, which
represented 27.9%, 22.0% and 24.9% of the Company’s Total assets at December 31, 2025, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
No single geographic area outside the United States was significant relative to consolidated Net sales or consolidated long-lived
assets. Export sales and sales to any individual customer were each less than 10 percent of consolidated sales to unaffiliated
customers during all years presented.
In the reportable segment financial information that follows, Segment profit represents each segment’s Income before income
taxes. Domestic intersegment transfers are primarily accounted for at the approximate fully absorbed manufactured cost, based
on normal capacity volumes, plus customary distribution costs for paint products. Non-paint domestic and all international
intersegment transfers are primarily accounted for at values comparable to normal unaffiliated customer sales. All intersegment
transfers are eliminated within the Administrative function. In 2023, the absorbed manufactured cost standards utilized for
domestic intersegment transfers were established inclusive of forecasted cost reductions from planned initiatives. Deviations
from the forecasted cost reductions were recognized within the Consumer Brands Group. Due to the nature of the Company’s
integrated manufacturing operations and centralized administrative and information technology support, a substantial amount of
allocations are made to determine segment financial information. Expenses that are specifically identifiable to a certain
Reportable Segment are allocated accordingly. For expenses that are not specifically identifiable to a certain Reportable
Segment, an appropriate allocation base is identified, and expenses are allocated based on each segment’s respective share of
the allocation base. The significant expense categories and amounts align with the segment-level information that is regularly
provided to the CODM and include intersegment expenses within the amounts shown. Identifiable assets were those directly
identified with each Reportable Segment.
94
2025
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Consolidated
Totals
Net sales
$ 13,605.9
$
3,166.4
$
6,795.2
$
6.8
$ 23,574.3
Intersegment transfers
—
5,388.2
26.6
negative5,414.8)
—
Total net sales and intersegment transfers
$ 13,605.9
$
8,554.6
$
6,821.8
$ negative5,408.0)
$ 23,574.3
Cost of goods sold
$
5,954.5
$
7,128.0
$
4,412.3
$ negative5,436.0)
$ 12,058.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses
4,589.3
895.9
1,446.1
763.7
7,695.0
Interest expense
—
—
—
465.0
465.0
Other segment items (1)
0.6
21.1
20.7
negative25.1)
17.3
Income before income taxes
$
3,061.5
$
509.6
$
942.7
$ negative1,175.6)
$
3,338.2
Percent to Net sales
22.5 %
16.1 %
13.9 %
nm
14.2 %
Supplemental Information:
Identifiable assets
$
6,378.6
$
8,025.5
$
7,859.5
$
3,638.1
$ 25,901.7
Capital expenditures
120.2
293.1
36.2
348.1
797.6
Depreciation (2)
90.2
185.3
19.0
45.8
340.3
Amortization (3)
5.6
71.8
258.3
0.9
336.6
nm - not meaningful
(1) Other segment items includes Other general (income) expense - net, Impairment, Interest income and Other expense (income) - net. See Note 6 for
further information on Impairment and Note 19 for further information on Other general (income) expense - net and Other expense (income) - net.
(2) Depreciation is recorded within Cost of goods sold and Selling, general and administrative expenses.
(3) Amortization is recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses.
2024
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Consolidated
Totals
Net sales
$ 13,188.0
$
3,108.0
$
6,797.3
$
5.2
$ 23,098.5
Intersegment transfers
—
5,304.3
56.8
negative5,361.1)
—
Total net sales and intersegment transfers
13,188.0
8,412.3
6,854.1
negative5,355.9)
23,098.5
Cost of goods sold
5,900.8
6,943.5
4,406.5
negative5,347.4)
11,903.4
Selling, general and administrative expenses
4,405.6
863.1
1,443.0
710.4
7,422.1
Interest expense
—
1.4
—
414.3
415.7
Other segment items (1)
negative21.0)
14.4
negative23.3)
negative64.6)
negative94.5)
Income before income taxes
$
2,902.6
$
589.9
$
1,027.9
$ negative1,068.6)
$
3,451.8
Percent to Net sales
22.0 %
19.0 %
15.1 %
nm
14.9 %
Supplemental Information:
Identifiable assets
$
5,878.0
$
6,854.7
$
7,847.4
$
3,052.5
$ 23,632.6
Capital expenditures
141.3
290.3
15.2
623.2
1,070.0
Depreciation (2)
89.9
162.7
18.0
26.8
297.4
Amortization (3)
1.7
66.4
256.7
1.8
326.6
nm - not meaningful
(1) Other segment items includes Other general (income) expense - net, Interest income and Other expense (income) - net. See Note 19 for further
information on Other general (income) expense - net and Other expense (income) - net.
(2) Depreciation is recorded within Cost of goods sold and Selling, general and administrative expenses.
(3) Amortization is recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses.
95
2023
Paint
Stores
Group
Consumer
Brands
Group
Performance
Coatings
Group
Administrative
Consolidated
Totals
Net sales
$ 12,839.5
$
3,365.6
$
6,843.1
$
3.7
$ 23,051.9
Intersegment transfers
—
5,234.0
197.8
negative5,431.8)
—
Total net sales and intersegment transfers
12,839.5
8,599.6
7,040.9
negative5,428.1)
23,051.9
Cost of goods sold
5,794.4
7,311.9
4,606.9
negative5,419.4)
12,293.8
Selling, general and administrative expenses
4,211.5
882.3
1,415.5
556.1
7,065.4
Interest expense
—
—
—
417.5
417.5
Other segment items (1)
negative27.2)
96.1
26.9
69.5
165.3
Income before income taxes
$
2,860.8
$
309.3
$
991.6
$ (1,051.8)
$
3,109.9
Percent to Net sales
22.3 %
9.2 %
14.5 %
nm
13.5 %
Supplemental Information:
Identifiable assets
$
5,745.3
$
6,631.8
$
8,266.6
$
2,310.7
$ 22,954.4
Capital expenditures
111.4
309.6
32.6
434.8
888.4
Depreciation (2)
79.0
151.4
26.0
35.9
292.3
Amortization (3)
3.3
72.4
253.0
1.5
330.2
nm - not meaningful
(1) Other segment items includes Other general (income) expense - net, Impairment, Interest income and Other expense (income) - net. See Notes 3 and
6 for further information on Impairment and Note 19 for further information on Other general (income) expense - net and Other expense (income) -
net.
(2) Depreciation is recorded within Cost of goods sold and Selling, general and administrative expenses.
(3) Amortization is recorded within Selling, general and administrative expenses.
96
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Disclosure Controls and Procedures
As of the end of the period covered by this report, we carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation
of our Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer, of the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rule 13a-15 and Rule 15d-15 of the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934, as amended (Exchange Act). Based upon that evaluation, our Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer and our
Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer concluded that as of the end of the period covered by this report,
our disclosure controls and procedures were effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports we file
or submit under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in
Securities and Exchange Commission rules and forms, and accumulated and communicated to our management, including our
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer and our Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer, to allow
timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The “Report of Management on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” and the “Report of the Independent Registered
Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting” are set forth in Item 8.
There have been no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with the evaluation that
occurred during the period covered by this report that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our
internal control over financial reporting.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
Trading Arrangements
During the quarter ended December 31, 2025, none of the Company’s directors or “officers,” as defined in Rule 16a-1(f) of the
Exchange Act, adopted, modified, or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or a “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading
arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408 of Regulation S-K.
ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS
Not applicable.
97
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Directors
The information regarding our directors and director nominees is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Proposal
1 – Election of 9 Directors” and is incorporated herein by reference.
There have been no material changes to the procedures by which security holders may recommend nominees to our Board of
Directors. Please refer to the information set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Board Committees,” which is
incorporated herein by reference.
Executive Officers
The information regarding our executive officers is set forth under the caption “Information About Our Executive Officers” in
Part I of this report, which is incorporated herein by reference.
Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance
To the extent disclosure of any delinquent form under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is made by the
Company, such disclosure will be set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports” and is
incorporated herein by reference.
Audit Committee
The information regarding the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors and audit committee financial experts is set forth in
our Proxy Statement under the caption “Board Committees” and is incorporated herein by reference.
Code of Ethics
We have adopted a Code of Conduct, which applies to all directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive
officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller and persons performing similar functions, of
Sherwin-Williams and our subsidiaries wherever located. Our Code of Conduct contains the general guidelines and principles
for conducting Sherwin-Williams’ business consistent with the highest standards of business ethics.
We have also adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Management, pursuant to which our chief executive officer, chief
financial officer and senior financial management are responsible for creating and maintaining a culture of high ethical
standards and of commitment to compliance throughout our Company to ensure the fair and timely reporting of Sherwin-
Williams’ financial results and condition. Senior financial management includes the chief accounting officer, the treasurer, the
principal financial/accounting personnel in our operating groups and divisions and all other financial/accounting personnel
within our corporate departments and operating groups and divisions with staff supervision responsibilities.
Our Code of Conduct and Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Management are available on our Investor Relations website,
investors.sherwin.com.
We intend to disclose on our Investor Relations website, investors.sherwin.com, any amendment to, or waiver from, a provision
of our Code of Conduct or Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Management that applies to our directors and executive officers,
including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or any persons performing
similar functions, and that is required to be publicly disclosed pursuant to the rules of the SEC.
Insider Trading Policy
The information regarding our Insider Trading Policy is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Insider Trading
Policy” and is incorporated herein by reference. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed with this Annual Report on Form
10-K as Exhibit 19.
98
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
The information required by this item is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the captions “2025 Director Compensation
Table,” “Director Compensation Program,” “Executive Compensation,” “Executive Compensation Tables” and “2025 CEO Pay
Ratio” and is incorporated herein by reference (other than the Compensation Committee Report, which will be deemed
furnished).
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth in our Proxy Statement
under the captions “Security Ownership of Management, Directors and Director Nominees” and “Security Ownership of
Certain Beneficial Owners” and is incorporated herein by reference.
The information regarding securities authorized for issuance under the Company’s equity compensation plans is set forth in our
Proxy Statement under the caption “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
The information required by this item is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the captions “Certain Relationships and
Transactions with Related Persons” and “Director Independence” and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
The information required by this item is set forth in our Proxy Statement under the caption “Matters Relating to the Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm” and is incorporated herein by reference.
99
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a)(1) Financial Statements
Page Number in
Form 10-K
Statements of Consolidated Income
49
Statements of Consolidated Comprehensive Income
50
Consolidated Balance Sheets
51
Statements of Consolidated Cash Flows
52
Statements of Consolidated Shareholders’ Equity
53
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
54
(2) Financial Statement Schedule
Schedule II — Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves for the years ended December 31, 2025, 2024
and 2023 is set forth below. All other schedules for which provision is made in the applicable SEC accounting
regulations are not required under the related instructions or are inapplicable and therefore have been omitted.
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts and Reserves
(Schedule II)
Changes in deferred tax asset valuation allowances were as follows:
(millions of dollars)
2025
2024
2023
Beginning balance
$
124.5
$
106.6
$
97.5
Additions (1)
33.5
17.9
9.1
Ending balance
$
158.0
$
124.5
$
106.6
(1) Additions did not have a material impact on the Income Statement in 2025, 2024 or 2023.
100
(3) Exhibits
3.1 Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the Company, dated April 16, 2025, filed as
Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2025, and incorporated
herein by reference.
3.2 Regulations of the Company (As Amended and Restated July 19, 2023), filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 18, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.1 Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (filed
herewith).
4.2 Indenture between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon (as successor to Chemical
Bank), as trustee, dated as of February 1, 1996, filed as Exhibit 4(a) to Form S-3 Registration
Statement Number 333-01093 dated February 20, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.2.1 Third Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and The Bank of New York Mellon,
as trustee (including Form of Note), dated as of December 7, 2012, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 4, 2012, and incorporated herein by
reference.
4.3 Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National Association, as trustee, dated
July 31, 2015, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2015,
and incorporated herein by reference.
4.3.1 Second Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of July 31, 2015 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.3 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 28, 2015, and incorporated herein by
reference.
4.3.2 Sixth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of May 16, 2017 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.4
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 16, 2017, and incorporated herein by
reference.
4.3.3 Seventh Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of May 16, 2017 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.5
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 16, 2017, and incorporated herein by
reference.
4.3.4 Twelfth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of June 2, 2017 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.5 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2017, and incorporated herein by
reference.
4.3.5 Thirteenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of August 26, 2019 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2019, and
incorporated herein by reference.
4.3.6 Fourteenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of August 26, 2019 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2019, and
incorporated herein by reference.
4.3.7 Fifteenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of March 17, 2020 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.1
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2020, and incorporated herein
by reference.
4.3.8 Sixteenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and Wells Fargo Bank, National
Association, as trustee, dated as of March 17, 2020 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit 4.2
to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 17, 2020, and incorporated herein
by reference.
101
4.3.9 Seventeenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National
Association, as trustee, dated as of November 10, 2021 (including Form of Note), filed as Exhibit
4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 10, 2021, and incorporated
herein by reference.
4.3.10 Eighteenth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank National
Association, as Trustee, dated as of November 10, 2021 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 10, 2021, and
incorporated herein by reference.
4.4 Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company, National Association, as
trustee, dated August 10, 2022, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
dated August 10, 2022, and incorporated herein by reference.
4.4.1 Third Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of August 9, 2024 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 9, 2024, and
incorporated herein by reference.
4.4.2 Fourth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of August 9, 2024 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 9, 2024, and
incorporated herein by reference.
4.4.3 Fifth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of July 31, 2025 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2025, and incorporated
herein by reference.
4.4.4 Sixth Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of July 31, 2025 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2025, and incorporated
herein by reference.
4.4.5 Seventh Supplemental Indenture by and between the Company and U.S. Bank Trust Company,
National Association, as trustee, dated as of July 31, 2025 (including Form of Note), filed as
Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated July 31, 2025, and incorporated
herein by reference.
10.1 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 17, 2025, by and among the
Company, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative agent and issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto,
filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 17, 2025, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.1.1 Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 9,
2026, by and among The Sherwin-Williams Company, Citicorp USA, Inc., as administrative
agent and issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 9, 2026, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.2 Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 2, 2021, by and among the Company,
Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing
bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K
dated August 2, 2021, and incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.1 Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 6, 2021,
by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, Goldman
Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 6, 2021, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10.2.2 Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 18,
2021, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 18, 2021, and
incorporated herein by reference.
102
10.2.3 Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of November 30,
2021, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 30, 2021, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.4 Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 15, 2022,
by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, Goldman
Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 15, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10.2.5 Amendment No. 5 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of August 26, 2022,
by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, Goldman
Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to
the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 26, 2022, and incorporated herein by
reference.
10.2.6 Amendment No. 6 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 8,
2022, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 8, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.7 Amendment No. 7 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 14,
2022, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 14, 2022, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.8 Amendment No. 8 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of February 28,
2023, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 28, 2023, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.9 Amendment No. 9 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 1, 2024, by
and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent, Goldman Sachs
Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarterly period ended June 30, 2024, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.2.10 Amendment No. 10 to the Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 10,
2025, by and among the Company, Goldman Sachs Bank USA, as administrative agent,
Goldman Sachs Mortgage Company, as issuing bank, and the lenders party thereto, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 10, 2025, and
incorporated herein by reference.
10.3 Credit Agreement, dated as of July 31, 2024, by and among The Sherwin-Williams Company,
Sherwin-Williams Canada Inc. and Sherwin-Williams Luxembourg S.à r.l., as borrowers, the lenders
party thereto, the issuing lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, filed as
Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2024, and incorporated
herein by reference.
10.3.1 Amendment No. 1 to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2025, by and among The Sherwin-
Williams Company, Sherwin-Williams Canada Inc. and Sherwin-Williams Luxembourg S.à r.l.,
as borrowers, the lenders party thereto, the issuing lenders party thereto and Citibank, N.A., as
administrative agent, filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated
August 8, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference.
^10.4 Term Loan Credit Agreement, dated as of August 8, 2025, by and among The Sherwin-Williams
Company and Sherwin-Williams Luxembourg S.à r.l., as borrowers, the lenders party thereto and
Citibank, N.A., as administrative agent, filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form
8-K dated August 8, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.5 Forms of Amended and Restated Severance Agreements (filed herewith).
103
*10.5.1 Schedule of Current and Former Executive Officers who are Parties to the Amended and
Restated Severance Agreements in the forms referred to in Exhibit 10.5 above (filed herewith).
*10.6 Form of Director, Executive Officer and Corporate Officer Indemnity Agreement, filed as Exhibit
10(c) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023,
and incorporated herein by reference.
^ *10.7 Aircraft Time Sharing Agreement between the Company and Heidi G. Petz, dated January 2, 2024,
filed as Exhibit 10.7 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.8 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2005 Deferred Compensation Savings and Pension Equalization
Plan (Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2016) filed as Exhibit 10(e) to the Company’s
Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and incorporated herein
by reference.
*10.9 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2005 Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan (Amended and
Restated Effective as of October 13, 2023), filed as Exhibit 10(g) to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.10 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2005 Director Deferred Fee Plan (Amended and Restated Effective
as of March 1, 2023) filed as Exhibit 10(a) to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.11 Summary of The Sherwin-Williams Company Revised Executive Disability Plan filed as Exhibit
10(o) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2013,
and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.12 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2008 Amended and Restated Executive Life Insurance Plan filed as
Exhibit 10(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31,
2009, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and Performance Incentive Plan (Amended and
Restated as of October 13, 2023), filed as Exhibit 10(m) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.1 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10(x) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.2 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form
10-Q for the quarterly period ended September 30, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.3 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10(p) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2017, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.4 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan filed as Exhibit 10(x) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2018, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.5 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10(s) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-
K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.13.6 Form of Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10(w) to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by
reference.
*10.13.7 Forms of Stock Option Award under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Equity and
Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.14.6 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form
10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference.
104
*10.13.8 Form of Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006
Equity and Performance Incentive Plan, filed as Exhibit 10.14.9 to the Company’s Annual
Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024, and incorporated herein by
reference.
*10.14 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006 Stock Plan for Nonemployee Directors (Amended and
Restated as of April 20, 2016) filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q
for the quarterly period ended March 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.14.1 Form of Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2006
Stock Plan for Nonemployee Directors filed as Exhibit 10(gg) to the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, and incorporated herein by
reference.
*10.15 The Sherwin-Williams Company Key Employee Separation Plan as Amended and Restated Effective
October 13, 2023, filed as Exhibit 10(aa) to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
fiscal year ended December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.16 The Sherwin-Williams Company 2025 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan, filed as Exhibit 99.1
to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, dated April 16, 2025, and incorporated herein
by reference.
*10.16.1 Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin
Williams Company 2025 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan for awards granted on or after
April 16, 2025, filed as Exhibit 10.1.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the
quarterly period ended March 31, 2025, and incorporated herein by reference.
*10.16.2 Form of Non-Employee Director Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin-
Williams Company 2025 Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan for awards granted on or after
July 15, 2025 (filed herewith).
*10.16.3 Form of Stock Option Award Agreement under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2025 Equity
and Incentive Compensation Plan for awards granted on or after July 15, 2025 (filed herewith).
*10.16.4 Form of Restricted Stock Units Award Agreement under The Sherwin-Williams Company 2025
Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan for awards granted on or after July 15, 2025 (filed
herewith).
19.1 I
f
nsider Trading Policy, filed as Exhibit 19.1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the
iscal year ended December 31, 2024, and incorporated herein by reference
21.1 Subsidiaries (filed herewith).
23.1 Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (filed herewith).
24.1 Powers of Attorney (filed herewith).
24.2 Certified Resolution Authorizing Signature by Power of Attorney (filed herewith).
31.1 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer (filed herewith).
31.2 Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer (filed herewith).
32.1 Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer (furnished herewith).
32.2 Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer (furnished herewith).
*97.1 The Sherwin-Williams Company Section 16 Executive Officer Clawback Policy, Effective October
10, 2023, filed as Exhibit 97 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended
December 31, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference.
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the interactive data file
because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document.
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
105
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
104
The cover page from this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2025,
formatted in Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101.
^
Certain exhibits and schedules have been omitted in accordance with Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-
K and the Company agrees to furnish supplementally to the SEC a copy of any omitted exhibits and
schedules upon request.
*
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
106
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly
caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, on February 19, 2026.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities
Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below
by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in
the capacities indicated on February 19, 2026.
THE SHERWIN-WILLIAMS COMPANY
By:
/s/
MARY L. GARCEAU
Mary L. Garceau, Secretary
* HEIDI G. PETZ
Chair, President and Chief Executive Officer, Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Heidi G. Petz
* BENJAMIN E. MEISENZAHL
Senior Vice President – Finance and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl
* J. PAUL LANG
Senior Vice President – Enterprise Finance and Chief
Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)
J. Paul Lang
* KERRII B. ANDERSON
Director
Kerrii B. Anderson
* JEFF M. FETTIG
Director
Jeff M. Fettig
* ROBERT J. GAMGORT
Director
Robert J. Gamgort
* AARON M. POWELL
Director
Aaron M. Powell
* MARTA R. STEWART
Director
Marta R. Stewart
* MICHAEL H. THAMAN
Director
Michael H. Thaman
* MATTHEW THORNTON III
Director
Matthew Thornton III
* THOMAS L. WILLIAMS
Director
Thomas L. Williams
*
The undersigned, by signing her name hereto, does sign this report on behalf of the designated officers and directors of
the Company pursuant to powers of attorney executed on behalf of each such officer and director and filed as an exhibit
to this report.
By: /s/
MARY L. GARCEAU
February 19, 2026
Mary L. Garceau, Attorney-in-fact
107
[THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]
BOARD OF
DIRECTORS
Kerrii B. Anderson, 68
Retired, former Chief Executive
Officer and President
Wendy’s International, Inc.
Jeff M. Fettig, 69
Lead Director
Retired, former Chairman
of the Board and Chief
Executive Officer
Whirlpool Corporation
*
Robert J. Gamgort, 63
Chairman of the Board
Keurig Dr Pepper Inc.
*
Heidi G. Petz, 51
Chair, President and
Chief Executive Officer
Sherwin-Williams
Aaron M. Powell, 54
Chief Executive Officer
Pizza Hut Division
Yum! Brands, Inc.
Marta R. Stewart, 68
Retired, former Executive
Vice President and Chief
Financial Officer
Norfolk Southern Corporation
*
Michael H. Thaman, 62
Retired, former Chair and
Chief Executive Officer
Owens Corning
*
Matthew Thornton III, 67
Retired, former Executive
Vice President and Chief
Operating Officer
FedEx Freight
FedEx Corporation
Thomas L. Williams, 67
Retired, former Chairman
and Chief Executive Officer
Parker-Hannifin Corporation
*Audit Committee Member
*
Corporate Officers
Heidi G. Petz, 51
Chair, President and
Chief Executive Officer
*
Benjamin E. Meisenzahl, 44
Senior Vice President – Finance
and Chief Financial Officer
*
Marlena K. Boyce, 47
Senior Vice President –
Chief Human Resources Officer
*
Mary L. Garceau, 53
Senior Vice President, Chief Legal
Officer and Secretary
*
James R. Jaye, 59
Senior Vice President – Investor
Relations and Communications
*
J. Paul Lang, 49
Senior Vice President – Enterprise
Finance and Chief Accounting
Officer
*
Bryan J. Young, 50
Senior Vice President – Corporate
Strategy and Development
*
Jeffrey J. Miklich, 51
Senior Vice President
and Treasurer
Stephen J. Perisutti, 63
Senior Vice President,
Deputy General Counsel
and Assistant Secretary
Kevin M. Soflkiancs, 40
Vice President – Corporate
Audit and Loss Prevention
Jacqueline M. Takacs, 54
Vice President – Taxes and
Assistant Secretary
Operating Management
Joshua A. Bagshaw, 45
President & General Manager
Coil Coatings Division
Performance Coatings Group
Jason G. Bernard, 46
President & General Manager
Canada Division
Paint Stores Group
Justin T. Binns, 50
President
Global Architectural
*
Michael J. Bourdeau, 61
President & General Manager
General Industrial Division
Performance Coatings Group
Colin M. Davie, 57
President & General Manager
Global Supply Chain Division
Consumer Brands Group
*
Travis J. Dykeman, 46
President & General Manager
South Eastern Division
Paint Stores Group
Brian L. Gallagher, 54
President & General Manager
Automotive Finishes Division
Performance Coatings Group
Nancy J. Hutchinson, 47
President & General Manager
Mid Western Division
Paint Stores Group
Peter J. Ippolito, 61
President & General Manager
Industrial Wood Division
Performance Coatings Group
Karl J. Jorgenrud, 49
President
Global Industrial
*
Curt D. Kaucher, 50
President & General Manager
Eastern Division
Paint Stores Group
Joseph W. Laehu, 55
President & General Manager
Protective & Marine Division
Performance Coatings Group
T. Burt Marchman, 63
President & General Manager
Packaging Division
Performance Coatings Group
Mark A. Provenson, 52
President & General Manager
South Western Division
Paint Stores Group
Todd D. Rea, 51
President
Consumer Brands Group
*
Executive Officer as defined by the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
The Sherwin-Williams Company | 1 Sherwin Way | Cleveland, Ohio 44113 | www.sherwin.com